Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

®

11 July 2014

Brocade Network Advisor

SAN + IP User Manual

Supporting Network Advisor 12.3.0

Copyright © 2014, Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Brocade, the B-wing symbol, Brocade Assurance, ADX, AnyIO, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, HyperEdge, ICX, MLX, MyBrocade, NetIron,
OpenScript, VCS, VDX, and Vyatta are registered trademarks, and The Effortless Network and the On-Demand Data Center are
trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and in other countries. Other brands and product
names mentioned may be trademarks of others.

Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning
any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to
this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes
features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability.
Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government.

The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. assume no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect
to the accuracy of this document or any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained herein or the
computer programs that accompany it.

The product described by this document may contain open source software covered by the GNU General Public License or other
open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing
terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit
http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd.

Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated

Corporate and Latin American Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
130 Holger Way
San Jose, CA 95134
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

European Headquarters
Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl
Centre Swissair
Tour B - 4ème étage
29, Route de l'Aéroport
Case Postale 105
CH-1215 Genève 15
Switzerland
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd.
No. 1 Guanghua Road
Chao Yang District
Units 2718 and 2818
Beijing 100020, China
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen WFOE)
Citic Plaza
No. 233 Tian He Road North
Unit 1308 – 13th Floor
Guangzhou, China
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

Document History

Title Publication number Summary of changes Date

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002043-01 New document November 2010

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002166-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 11.1.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002354-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 11.2.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002567-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 11.3.0.

May 2011

September 2011

August 2012

Title Publication number Summary of changes Date

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002697-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 12.0.0.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002949-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 12.1.0.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1003058-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 12.2.0.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1003155-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 12.3.0.

December 2012

July 2013

January 2014

July 2014

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manualiii
53-1003155-01

ivBrocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual
53-1003155-01

Contents

About This Document

How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lvii

Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lix

What’s new in this document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxvii

Document conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxx

Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxx

Notes, cautions, and warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxx

Key terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxx

Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxxi

Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxxi

Brocade resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxxi

Other industry resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxxii

Getting technical help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxxii

Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxxiii

Chapter 1 Getting Started

User interface components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Management server and client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Launching a remote client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Clearing previous versions of the remote client . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Logging into the web client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Launching the Configuration Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Viewing active sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Disconnecting users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Viewing server properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Viewing port status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Server and client ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Accessibility features for the Management application . . . . . . . . . . 17

Keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Look and feel customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

Product improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Enabling product improvement data transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Disabling product improvement data transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Data transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

PostgreSQL database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Connecting to the database using the ODBC client (Windows

systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Connecting to the database using the ODBC client (Linux systems)
24

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual v
53-1003155-01

Changing the database user password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Supported open source software products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

SAN feature-to-firmware requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Chapter 2 Patches

Installing a patch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Uninstalling a patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Chapter 3 Discovery

SAN discovery overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Backbone Chassis discovery requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Discovering fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Editing the password for multiple devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Configuring SNMP credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Reverting to a default SNMP community string. . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Rediscovering a fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Removing a fabric from active discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Rediscovering a previously discovered fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Deleting a fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

DCB discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Viewing the fabric discovery state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Troubleshooting fabric discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Managed count exceeded troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Virtual Fabric discovery troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

SAN Fabric monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Stop monitoring of discovered fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Stop monitoring of discovered switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Resume monitoring of discovered fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Resume monitoring of discovered switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

SAN Seed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Seed switch failover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Changing the seed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

IP discovery overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Discovery of IPv6 addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

VDX/VCS discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

VCS in-band management interface discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Logical chassis cluster mode discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Administratively removing a node from a logical

chassis cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

How the Management application handles a cluster

mode change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

HyperEdge stack discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Configuring IP profile discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Configuring IP simple discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

vi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

IP SNMP credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Adding SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Adding SNMPv3 credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Editing SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Editing SNMPv3 credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Reordering SNMP credentials in the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Deleting SNMP credentials from the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Default IP user credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Adding user credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Editing login prompt user credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Editing enable prompt user credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Editing enable super user credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Reordering user credentials in the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Deleting user credentials from the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

IP Object identifier filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Including product types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Excluding product types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

Deleting product types from the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Defining global setting preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Configuring event-based collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

IP discovery profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Configuring a discovery profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Duplicating a discovery profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Configuring address ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Editing address ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Scheduling discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Suspending a discovery schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

Editing a discovery schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102

Configuring advanced discovery profile preferences . . . . . . .104

Deleting a discovery profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Creating a discovery address file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Starting discovery manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Starting discovery automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Stopping discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Viewing discovery status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Viewing discovery reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

E-mailing discovery reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Exporting discovery reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Viewing the discovery log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Individual IP device discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Editing IP device discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Deleting IP devices from discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Host discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

CIM and WMI host discovery requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Importing Hosts from a CSV file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Importing Hosts from a fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

Importing Hosts from a VM Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Editing host adapter credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Removing a host from active discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual vii
53-1003155-01

Rediscovering a host to active discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Rediscovering a previously discovered host . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Deleting a host from discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Viewing the host discovery state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129

Troubleshooting host discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

VM Manager discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Discovering a VM manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Editing a VM manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Excluding a host from VM manager discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Including a host in VM manager discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Removing a VM manager from active discovery . . . . . . . . . . .134

Rediscovering a previously discovered VM manager . . . . . . .134

Deleting a VM manager from discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Viewing the VM manager discovery state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

Troubleshooting VM manager discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

IP Rediscovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

Rediscovering IP devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

Rediscovering IP devices from the Product List. . . . . . . . . . . .136

Rediscovering a group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Enabling password validation on rediscovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Chapter 4 Management Groups

Management groups overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Product group overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Static product groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Dynamic product groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

Viewing product group properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Deleting a product group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Port Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Editing a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

Duplicating a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

Viewing port group properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

Deleting a port group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

Chapter 5 Application Configuration

Configurable preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Server Data backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Configuring backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Enabling backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Viewing the backup status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Changing the backup interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Starting immediate backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Reviewing backup events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Server Data restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Restoring data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

SAN data collection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Product communication protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166

viii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

SAN display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Importing OUI and editing product type mapping . . . . . . . . . .169

Importing the OUI file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

Editing the product type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

SAN End node display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

SAN Ethernet loss events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

Disabling SAN Ethernet loss events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Event storage settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Storing historical events purged from repository. . . . . . . . . . . 174

Flyover settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Turning flyovers on or off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Viewing flyovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Name settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Setting names to be non-unique. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Fixing duplicate names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Viewing names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

Adding a name to an existing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181

Adding a name to a new device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Applying a name to a detached WWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Removing a name from a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Editing names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Exporting names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Importing Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Searching for a device by name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

Searching for a device by WWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Miscellaneous security settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Enforcing MD5 file during import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

Configuring login security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Configuring the login banner display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Disabling the login banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Syslog Registration settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

SNMP Trap Registration settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

SNMP Trap forwarding credential settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Configuring SNMP v3 credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Client export port settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

Client/Server IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

IP preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202

Memory allocation settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209

Product communication settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214

FTP/SCP/SFTP server settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

Server port settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221

Support mode settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222

FIPS Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224

Fabric tracking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual ix
53-1003155-01

Accepting changes for a switch, access gateway,

or phantom domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Chapter 6 User Account Management

Users overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229

Viewing configured users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229

User accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Editing a user account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235

Copying a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235

Copying and pasting user preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236

Importing a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237

Assigning roles and areas of responsibility to

a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237

Removing roles and areas of responsibility from

a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238

Disabling a user account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238

Enabling a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238

Deleting a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Unlocking a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Editing a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240

Copying a role. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

Deleting a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

Adding privileges to a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Removing privileges from a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242

Areas of responsibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Editing an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244

Copying an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Deleting an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Assigning products to an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Removing products from an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Password policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Viewing password policy violators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

User profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

Editing your user profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252

Changing your password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252

Viewing your password policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Resetting optional messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Configuring e-mail notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Configuring CLI credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Configuring the CLI credential policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Chapter 7 Web Client

Web client overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257

License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258

Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258

Dashboard expand navigation bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259

Dashboard toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260

x Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

General dashboard functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260

Accessing a dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Dashboard customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Setting the time interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

Configuring the dashboard display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

Default dashboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

Status widgets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite/Fabric Watch widgets . .277

Performance monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281

Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Inventory expand navigation bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Fabric summary view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

Product summary view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316

Port summary view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325

Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331

Table functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

Reports expand navigation bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334

Reports toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335

Generating a report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335

Generated reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337

Report schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338

Report templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345

Default reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348

Chapter 8 Dashboard Management

Dashboard overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363

Dashboard toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365

Dashboard messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Dashboards expand navigation bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

General dashboard functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367

Dashboard Privileges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367

Accessing a dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368

Filtering the dashboards list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368

Creating a user-defined dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369

Editing a user-defined dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369

Deleting a user-defined dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369

Sharing a user-defined dashboard definition . . . . . . . . . . . . .369

Unsharing a user-defined dashboard definition . . . . . . . . . . .370

Exporting a user-defined dashboard definition . . . . . . . . . . . .370

Importing a user-defined dashboard definition . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Setting the dashboard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Customizing the dashboard widgets and monitors . . . . . . . . . 371

Exporting the dashboard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373

Printing the dashboard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373

Attaching and detaching the Dashboard tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . .373

Customizing the dashboard scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Setting the network scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Creating a customized network scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375

Editing a user-defined network scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xi
53-1003155-01

Deleting a user-defined network scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377

Setting the time scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377

Dashboard playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Default dashboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

SAN Ports Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

IP Port Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Status widgets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Access Point Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

Bottlenecked Ports widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

Events widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386

Host Adapter Inventory widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387

IP Inventory widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388

IP Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390

Viewing additional IP product data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391

SAN Inventory widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392

SAN Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394

Viewing additional SAN product data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395

Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396

VM Alarms widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396

Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite/Fabric Watch widgets. . . . . .397

Out of Range Violations widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398

Port Health Violations widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400

Performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402

Displaying performance monitors on the dashboard . . . . . . .404

Top Port Alignment Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404

Top Port C3 Discards monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405

Top Port C3 Discards RX TO monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406

Top Port CRC Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

Top Port Discards monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Top Port Encode Error Out monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411

Top Port Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412

Top Port Link Failures monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Top Port Link Resets monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

Top Port Overflow Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416

Top Port Receive EOF monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Top Port Runtime Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418

Top Port Sync Losses monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419

Top Port Too Long Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420

Top Port Traffic monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421

Top Port Underflow Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422

Top Port Utilization Percentage monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423

Bottom Port Utilization Percentage monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424

Top Product CPU Utilization monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425

Top Product Memory Utilization monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426

Top Product Response Time monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

Top Product Temperature monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429

Top Products with Unused Ports monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430

Editing a preconfigured performance monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . .431

User-defined performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433

xii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Top or bottom product performance monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Top or bottom port performance monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437

Distribution performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438

Time series performance monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440

Top sFlows performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441

Configuring a user-defined product performance monitor . . .441

Adding targets to a user-defined performance monitor . . . . .443

Configuring a user-defined port performance monitor . . . . . .444

Configuring a user-defined sFlow performance monitor. . . . .447

Viewing product distribution data details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448

Viewing port distribution data details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449

Configuring a monitor from a performance graph. . . . . . . . . .451

Traffic flow dashboard monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451

Traffic flow measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452

Traffic flow performance graph monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454

Top or bottom traffic flow performance monitor . . . . . . . . . . .455

Time series traffic flow performance monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . .456

Configuring a traffic flows monitor from a performance graph457
Configuring a user-defined traffic flow performance monitor.457

Adding targets to a traffic flow performance monitor . . . . . . .459

Chapter 9 View Management

SAN tab overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462

SAN main toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463

View All list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464

Port Display buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465

Connectivity Map toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465

Product List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466

Connectivity Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467

Utilization Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .468

IP tab overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469

IP main toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

Product List toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

Host Product List toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473

Topology Map toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473

Host topology map toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

IP Product List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

Topology Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475

Master Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477

Minimap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478

Status bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480

Icon legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481

IP product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482

Host product icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483

SAN group icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483

Host group icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484

IP group icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484

SAN port icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484

IP port icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xiii
53-1003155-01

SAN product status icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485

IP product status icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485

Event icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486

Customizing the main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486

Showing levels of detail on the Connectivity Map . . . . . . . . . .487

Exporting the topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488

Customizing application tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488

Product List customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491

Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493

Searching for a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493

Restricting a search by node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494

Searching for an exact match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495

Address Finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495

Finding MAC addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498

SAN view management overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500

Creating a customized view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501

Editing a customized view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502

Deleting a customized view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504

Copying a view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504

SAN topology layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505

Customizing the layout of devices on the topology . . . . . . . . .506

Customizing the layout of connections on the topology . . . . .507

Changing a group background color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508

Reverting to the default background color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

Changing the product label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

Changing the port label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

Changing the port display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

Grouping on the topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510

Viewing connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510

Configuring custom connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511

Deleting a custom connection configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511

IP topology view manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512

Network Objects view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .513

Filtering devices in the Network Objects Product List . . . . . . .513

IP Topology view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515

L2 Topology view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515

Ethernet Fabrics view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516

VLAN Topology view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516

Host Topology view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519

IP topology map components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521

Topology map elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521

Viewing flyovers on the topology map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523

Topology map layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523

Selecting a topology map layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526

Creating a customized layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527

Creating customized topology links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528

xiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Customizing the Topology Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529

Adding a background image to a map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530

Deleting a background image from the library . . . . . . . . . . . .531

Exporting the topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531

Printing a map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532

Port actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533

Disabling port actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534

Displaying port properties for an attached device. . . . . . . . . .534

Accessing performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534

Chapter 10 MRP Topology

MRP Topology overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537

Viewing a MRP Topology map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538

Viewing a MRP ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539

Configuring the application to show a dashed line. . . . . . . . . . . . . 541

Selecting a topology map layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541

Creating a customized layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544

Customizing the MRP Topology map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545

Refreshing MRP Topology data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546

Viewing MRP properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546

Chapter 11 Call Home

Call Home overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549

Viewing Call Home configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551

Showing a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554

Hiding a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554

Editing a Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555

Editing the IBM Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555

Editing an e-mail Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556

Editing the EMC Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560

Editing the HP LAN Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561

Enabling a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562

Enabling supportSave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562

Testing the Call Home center connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563

Disabling a Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563

Viewing Call Home status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564

Assigning a device to the Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565

Removing a device from a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565

Removing all devices and filters from a Call Home center. . . . . . .565

Defining an event filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566

Assigning an event filter to a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xv
53-1003155-01

Assigning an event filter to a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567

Overwriting an assigned event filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568

Removing all event filter from a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . .568

Removing an event filter from a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569

Removing an event filter from the Call Home Event Filters list . . .569

Searching for an assigned event filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569

Chapter 12 Third-party tools

About third-party tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571

Starting third-party tools from the application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572

Launching a Telnet session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572

Launching an Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573

Launching Web Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573

Launching FCR configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

Launching Name Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575

Launching HCM Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

Launching Fabric Watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

Adding a tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577

Entering the server IP address of a tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578

Adding an option to the Tools menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578

Changing an option on the Tools menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579

Removing an option from the Tools menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580

Adding an option to a device’s shortcut menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580

Changing an option on a device’s shortcut menu . . . . . . . . . . . . .581

Removing an option from a device’s shortcut menu . . . . . . . . . . .582

Microsoft System Center Operations Manager (SCOM) plug-in. . .583

Registering a SCOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583

Editing a SCOM server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584

Removing a SCOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584

Chapter 13 Server Management Console

Server Management Console overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585

Services tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586

Refreshing the server status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587

Stopping all services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587

Stopping the CIMOM services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587

Starting all services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588

Restarting all services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588

Changing the database password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588

Ports tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589

xvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

AAA Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590

Configuring Radius server authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590

Configuring LDAP server authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593

Configuring TACACS+ server authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596

Configuring Common Access Card authentication . . . . . . . . .599

Configuring switch authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601

Configuring Windows authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601

Configuring local database authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602

Displaying the client authentication audit trail . . . . . . . . . . . .603

Radius server configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603

Configuring Management application data on the

Radius server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603

Configuring user authorization for the Radius server . . . . . . .604

Configuring the dictionary file for the Radius server. . . . . . . .604

LDAP server configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605

Creating an AD user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605

Assigning an AD user to an AD group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606

Defining user accounts on the external LDAP server . . . . . . .606

Assigning roles and AORs to an AD group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609

Removing roles and AORs from an AD group . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610

Loading an AD group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610

Deleting an AD group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612

Restore tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612

Technical Support Information tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613

HCM Upgrade tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615

SMI Agent Configuration Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615

Launching the SMIA configuration tool on Windows. . . . . . . .616

Launching the SMIA configuration tool on Unix. . . . . . . . . . . .617

Launching a remote SMIA configuration tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . .618

Service Location Protocol (SLP) support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .618

Home tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .622

Authentication tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .623

CIMOM tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625

Certificate Management tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628

Summary tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630

Chapter 14 SAN Device Configuration

Configuration file management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633

Saving switch configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633

Adaptive backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635

Restoring a switch configuration for a selected device. . . . . .635

Scheduling switch configuration backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636

Restoring a configuration from the repository . . . . . . . . . . . . .640

Viewing configuration file content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642

Searching the configuration file content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643

Deleting a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644

Exporting a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644

Importing a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645

Comparing switch configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xvii
53-1003155-01

Keeping a copy past the defined age limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647

Tracking changes from the baseline configuration . . . . . . . . .648

Replicating configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .649

Replicating security configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .653

Enhanced group management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656

Firmware management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656

Displaying the firmware repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659

Importing a firmware file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660

Deleting a firmware file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661

Switch password management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661

Changing the switch password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662

Resetting the switch password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664

Frame viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665

Viewing discarded frames from a port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667

Clearing the discarded frame log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668

Refreshing the discarded frame log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668

Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668

Refreshing the port connectivity view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .671

Enabling a port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672

Filtering port connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672

Viewing port details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673

Viewing ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

Port types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

Showing connected ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .674

Viewing port connection properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675

Determining inactive iSCSI devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678

Determining port status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678

Viewing port optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679

Port commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681

Configuring port commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682

CIMOM servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683

Registering a CIMOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683

Viewing existing CIMOM servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .684

Editing CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685

Importing CIMOM servers and credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .686

Exporting CIMOM servers and credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .686

Changing CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687

Testing CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687

Deleting CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688

F_Port commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688

E_Port commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690

Port commissioning by switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .691

Port commissioning by blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .692

Port commissioning deployment results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694

Viewing a port commissioning deployment report . . . . . . . . .695

CIMCLI trouble shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697

Administrative Domain-enabled fabric support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699

AD-enabled fabric discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699

Management application behavior for AD-enabled fabrics. . .699

xviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management application support for AD-enabled fabrics . . .700

Port Auto Disable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701

Configuring Port Auto Disable event triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703

Enabling Port Auto Disable on individual ports . . . . . . . . . . . .704

Enabling Port Auto Disable on all ports on a device . . . . . . . .705

Disabling Port Auto Disable on individual ports. . . . . . . . . . . .705

Disabling Port Auto Disable on all ports on a device. . . . . . . .706

Stopping Port Auto Disable on a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706

Resuming Port Auto Disable on a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706

Unblocking ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707

Chapter 15 Host Port Mapping

Host port mapping overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709

Creating a new Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710

Renaming an HBA Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711

Deleting an HBA Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711

Viewing Host properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711

Associating an HBA with a Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712

Importing HBA-to-Host mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712

Removing an HBA from a Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

Exporting Host port mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

Chapter 16 Storage Port Mapping

Storage port mapping overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717

Creating a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718

Adding storage ports to a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718

Unassigning a storage port from a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719

Reassigning mapped storage ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719

Editing storage array properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720

Deleting a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720

Viewing storage port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720

Viewing storage array properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721

Importing storage port mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721

Exporting storage port mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .723

Chapter 17 Wireless Management

Wireless management overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725

Wireless devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .726

Wireless device discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727

Wireless devices on the dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xix
53-1003155-01

Port groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727

View management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .728

Wireless device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .728

Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729

Launching the Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729

Launching a Telnet session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730

Configuration repository and backup management. . . . . . . . . . . .731

CLI configuration management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731

Cluster mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .732

VLAN management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .732

Performance management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733

Policy Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733

Fault management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733

AP Products report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .734

Chapter 18 VCS Management

VCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .737

VCS mode types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .738

Ethernet Fabrics view management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739

Logical chassis cluster operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739

Logical chassis cluster mode discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739

Administratively removing a node from a logical

chassis cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .740

How the Management application handles a

cluster mode change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741

Serial firmware update and activation for Network OS devices. . .742

Support for Network OS VDX 2740 embedded switch . . . . . . . . . . 743

Network OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .743

VCS product groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744

Static product group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744

Dynamic product group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744

Port profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744

AMPP characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745

Life of a port profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745

AMPP events and behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .746

Port profile configuration using the

Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

Assigning MAC addresses to a port profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

Managing offline MAC addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .748

Comparing port profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .749

Deploying port profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .752

System Monitor support on Network OS VDX platforms. . . . . . . . .753

FRU monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .753

System thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .754

xx Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Alert notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .754

Resource monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .754

SFP parameter monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755

Security monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755

Port statistics monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755

Interface error types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .756

Ethernet fabric traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .756

Exporting diagnostic data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .761

Chapter 19 Host Management

Host management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .763

Supported adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .764

Host Bus Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .764

Converged Network Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .765

Fabric Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .765

TM

AnyIO

HCM software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .766

HCM features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .767

Host adapter discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .767

VM Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .768

Editing a VM Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .768

Deleting a VM Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .769

HCM and Management application support on ESXi systems. . . .769

technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .765

Connectivity map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .771

View management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .771

Host port mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .771

Adapter software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .772

Driver repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .773

Boot image repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .774

Bulk port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .777

Configuring host adapter ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .777

Adapter port WWN virtualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .781

Configuring FAWWNs on switch ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .781

FAWWNs on attached AG ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .784

Role-based access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .786

Host performance management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .787

Host security authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .788

supportSave on adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790

Host fault management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790

Filtering event notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .791

Syslog forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .791

Backup support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .791

Enabling backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .792

Disabling backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .792

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxi
53-1003155-01

Chapter 20 Fibre Channel over Ethernet

FCoE overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .795

DCBX protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .796

Enhanced Ethernet features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .796

Enhanced Transmission Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .796

Priority-based flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .796

Ethernet jumbo frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .797

FCoE protocols supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .797

Ethernet link layer protocols supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .797

FCoE protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .797

FCoE licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .798

Saving running configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .798

Copying switch configurations to selected switches . . . . . . . .798

DCB configuration management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800

Switch policies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .801

DCB map and Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .801

LLDP profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .801

802.1x policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .801

DCB configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .802

Minimum DCB configuration for FCoE traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . .802

Adding a LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .807

Editing a DCB switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .810

Editing a DCB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .811

Editing a LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .813

Enabling a DCB port or LAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .815

Deleting a LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .816

QoS configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .816

Priority-based flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .816

Creating a DCB map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .817

Editing a DCB map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .819

Deleting a DCB map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .819

Assigning a DCB map to a port or link aggregation group . . .820

Creating a Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .821

Editing a Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .821

Deleting a Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .822

Assigning a Traffic Class map to a port or link

aggregation group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .822

FCoE provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .823

Changing the VLAN ID on the default FCoE map . . . . . . . . . . .823

Enabling or disabling the FCoE map on the port . . . . . . . . . . .824

VLAN classifier configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .825

Adding a VLAN classifier rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .825

Editing a VLAN classifier rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .827

Deleting a VLAN classifier rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .827

Creating a VLAN classifier group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .828

Deleting a VLAN classifier group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .828

LLDP-DCBX configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .829

xxii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Configuring LLDP for FCoE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .829

Adding an LLDP profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .830

Editing an LLDP profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .831

Deleting an LLDP profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .831

Assigning an LLDP profile to a port or ports in a LAG . . . . . . .832

802.1x authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .832

Enabling 802.1x authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833

Disabling 802.1x authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833

Setting 802.1x parameters for a port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833

Switch, port, and LAG deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .835

Deploying DCB product, port, and LAG configurations . . . . . .835

Source to target switch Fabric OS version compatibility for

deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .838

Network OS switches in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .839

Supported VCS platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840

Viewing switches in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840

Viewing ports in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .843

Viewing LAGs in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .847

DCB performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .851

Real-time performance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .851

Historical performance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .853

Historical performance report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .853

FCoE login groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .854

Adding an FCoE login group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .855

Editing an FCoE login group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .856

Deleting one or more FCoE login groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .857

Disabling the FCoE login management feature on a switch . .857
Enabling the FCoE login management feature on a switch . .858

Virtual FCoE port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858

Viewing virtual FCoE ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858

Clearing a stale entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .859

Chapter 21 Telemetry

Telemetry overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861

Policy-based routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861

Viewing existing PBR policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .862

Adding a new policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .864

Adding rules to a policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .864

Adding policies from saved configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .866

Editing a policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .866

Editing a rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .866

Deleting a policy or rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .867

Deploying a PBR policy on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .867

Saving a PBR policy deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .868

Scheduling a PBR policy deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .869

ACL Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .872

Enabling or disabling ACL accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .872

Resetting ACL counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .872

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxiii
53-1003155-01

Viewing ACL counters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .873

Chapter 22 Security Management

Security overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .875

Layer 2 access control list management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .875

IronWare Layer 2 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876

Fabric OS Layer 2 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .883

Creating a Layer 2 ACL from a saved configuration. . . . . . . . .889

Deleting a Layer 2 ACL configuration from the application. . .890

Deleting a Layer 2 ACL configuration from the switch. . . . . . .890

Network OS Layer 2 ACL configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .891

Layer 3 access control list policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .894

Creating a standard L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .895

Creating a L3 ACL from a saved configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . .897

Editing a standard L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .897

Copying a standard L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .898

Creating an extended L3 ACL configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .899

Editing an extended L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .901

Copying an extended L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .902

Creating an IPv6 L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903

Editing an IPv6 L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .906

Copying an IPv6 L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .907

Deleting a L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .908

Assigning a L3 ACL configuration to an interface . . . . . . . . . .908

Clearing L3 ACL assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .910

Configuring the ACL configuration type and operations . . . . . 911

Configuring hit statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .911

Configuring L3 ACL advanced settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .912

Network configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .916

Network group configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .920

Service configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .925

Service group configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .930

Media Access Control (MAC) filter management . . . . . . . . . . . . . .934

Creating a MAC filter configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .935

Creating a MAC filter from a saved configuration . . . . . . . . . .937

Editing a MAC filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .938

Copying a MAC filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .939

Deleting a MAC filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .941

Assigning MAC filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .941

Clearing MAC filter assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .942

Adding a MAC filter configuration to an interface . . . . . . . . . .942

Security configuration deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .943

Deploying a security configuration on demand . . . . . . . . . . . .944

Saving a security configuration deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .945

Scheduling a security configuration deployment. . . . . . . . . . .946

Chapter 23 FC-FC Routing Service Management

Devices that support Fibre Channel routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .951

xxiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Fibre Channel routing overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .952

Guidelines for setting up Fibre Channel routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .953

Connecting edge fabrics to a backbone fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .954

Configuring routing domain IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .956

Chapter 24 Virtual Fabrics

Virtual Fabrics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .957

Virtual Fabrics requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .958

FICON best practices for Virtual Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .961

Configuring Virtual Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .962

Enabling Virtual Fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .963

Creating a logical switch or base switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .964

Finding the physical chassis for a logical switch . . . . . . . . . . .966

Assigning ports to a logical switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967

Removing ports from a logical switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .968

Deleting a logical switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .969

Configuring fabric-wide parameters for a logical fabric. . . . . .969

Applying logical fabric settings to all associated

logical switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .970

Moving a logical switch to a different fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971

Changing a logical switch to a base switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .972

Chapter 25 SAN Encryption Configuration

Encryption Center features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .976

Encryption user privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .977

Smart card usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .978

Using authentication cards with a card reader . . . . . . . . . . . .978

Registering authentication cards from a card reader . . . . . . .979

Registering authentication cards from the database . . . . . . .981

Setting a quorum for authentication cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .982

Using system cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .983

Registering system cards from a card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . .984

Using smart cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .985

Tracking smart cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .985

Editing smart cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .987

Network connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988

Blade processor links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .989

Configuring blade processor links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .990

Encryption node initialization and certificate generation. . . . . . . .990

Key Management Interoperability Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .991

Configuration parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .992

Key vault type and vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .993

Supported encryption key manager appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .994

Steps for connecting to a DPM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995

Exporting the KAC certificate signing request (CSR) . . . . . . . .995

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxv
53-1003155-01

Submitting the CSR to a certificate authority . . . . . . . . . . . . .996

KAC certificate registration expiry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .996

Importing the signed KAC certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .997

Uploading the CA certificate onto the DPM appliance

(and first-time configurations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .997

Uploading the KAC certificate onto the DPM appliance

(manual identity enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .999

DPM key vault high availability deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .999

Loading the CA certificate onto the encryption

group leader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .999

Steps for connecting to an LKM/SSKM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . 1000

Launching the NetApp DataFort Management Console . . . .1001

Establishing the trusted link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1001

Obtaining and importing the LKM/SSKM certificate. . . . . . 1002

Exporting and registering the switch KAC certificates

on LKM/SSKM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003

LKM/SSKM key vault high availability deployment . . . . . . . 1003

Data Encryption Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004

Steps for connecting to an ESKM/SKM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . 1005

Configuring a Brocade group on ESKM/SKM . . . . . . . . . . . 1006

Registering the ESKM/SKM Brocade group user

name and password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1007

Setting up the local Certificate Authority (CA) on

ESKM/SKM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008

Creating and installing the ESKM/SKM server certificate . 1009
Enabling SSL on the Key Management System (KMS)

Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011

Creating an ESKM/SKM High Availability cluster . . . . . . . . .1011

Copying the local CA certificate for a clustered

ESKM/SKM appliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012

Adding ESKM/SKM appliances to the cluster . . . . . . . . . . . .1012

Signing the encryption node KAC certificates . . . . . . . . . . . .1013

Importing a signed KAC certificate into a switch . . . . . . . . . .1014

ESKM/SKM key vault high availability deployment. . . . . . . .1014

Data Encryption Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015

ESKM/SKM key vault deregistration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016

Steps for connecting to a TEKA appliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1016

Setting up TEKA network connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017

Creating a client on TEKA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1018

Establishing TEKA key vault credentials on the switch . . . . .1019

Signing the encryption node KAC CSR on the

TEKA appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020

Importing a signed KAC certificate into a switch . . . . . . . . . 1020

Steps for connecting to a TKLM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021

Exporting the Fabric OS node self-signed KAC certificates. 1022

Converting the KAC certificate format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022

Establishing a default key store and device group on

TKLM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022

Adding a device to the device group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022

Creating a self-signed certificate for TKLM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023

xxvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Importing the Fabric OS encryption node KAC

certificates to TKLM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023

Exporting the TKLM self-signed server certificate. . . . . . . . .1024

Importing the TKLM certificate into the group leader . . . . . .1024

Steps for connecting to a KMIP-compliant SafeNet KeySecure. 1025

Setting FIPS compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026

Creating a local CA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027

Creating a server certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028

Creating a cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033

Configuring a Brocade group on the KeySecure . . . . . . . . . 1034

Registering the KeySecure Brocade group user name

and password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035

Signing the encryption node KAC CSR on KMIP . . . . . . . . . 1036

Importing a signed KAC certificate into a switch . . . . . . . . . 1038

Backing up the certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039

Configuring the KMIP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041

Adding a node to the cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042

Steps for connecting to a KMIP-compliant keyAuthority. . . . . . . 1044

Encryption preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045

Creating a new encryption group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045

Configuring key vault settings for RSA Data Protection

Manager (DPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050

Configuring key vault settings for NetApp Link

Key Manager (LKM/SSKM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056

Configuring key vault settings for HP Enterprise

Secure Key Manager (ESKM/SKM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062

Configuring key vault settings for Thales e_Security

keyAuthority (TEKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066

Configuring key vault settings for IBM Tivoli Key

Lifetime Manager (TKLM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071

Configuring key vault settings for Key Management

Interoperability Protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076

Understanding configuration status results. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082

Adding a switch to an encryption group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083

Replacing an encryption engine in an encryption group . . . . . . 1088

High availability clusters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089

HA cluster configuration rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089

Creating HA clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090

Removing engines from an HA cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1091

Swapping engines in an HA cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092

Failback option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092

Configuring encryption storage targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093

Adding an encryption target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093

Configuring hosts for encryption targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101

Adding target disk LUNs for encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103

Configuring storage arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

Remote replication LUNs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

SRDF pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxvii
53-1003155-01

Metadata requirements and remote replication . . . . . . . . . .1110

Adding target tape LUNs for encryption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111

Moving targets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1114

Configuring encrypted tape storage in a multi-path

environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1114

Tape LUN write early and read ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115

Enabling and disabling tape LUN write early and

read ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115

Tape LUN statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1117

Viewing and clearing tape container statistics . . . . . . . . . . .1117

Viewing and clearing tape LUN statistics for specific

tape LUNs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118

Viewing and clearing statistics for tape LUNs in

a container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120

Encryption engine rebalancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121

Master keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122

Active master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123

Master key actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124

Saving the master key to a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124

Saving a master key to a key vault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125

Saving a master key to a smart card set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126

Restoring a master key from a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128

Restoring a master key from a key vault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129

Restoring a master key from a smart card set. . . . . . . . . . . 1130

Creating a new master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131

Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131

Zeroizing an encryption engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131

Setting zeroization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132

Using the Encryption Targets dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133

Redirection zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134

Disk device decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134

Decommissioning disk LUNs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135

Displaying and deleting decommissioned key IDs. . . . . . . . 1136

Displaying Universal IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1137

Rekeying all disk LUNs manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138

Setting disk LUN Re-key All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138

Viewing disk LUN rekeying details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139

Viewing the progress of manual rekey operations. . . . . . . . 1140

Thin provisioned LUNs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142

Thin Provisioning support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143

Viewing time left for auto rekey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143

Viewing and editing switch encryption properties . . . . . . . . . . . 1144

Exporting the public key certificate signing request

from properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148

Importing a signed public key certificate from properties . 1148

xxviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Viewing and editing encryption group properties . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149

Encryption-related acronyms in log messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165

Chapter 26 Zoning

Zoning overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167

Zone database size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1170

Zoning configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1171

Enabling and disabling the encryption engine state

from Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149

General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150

Members tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154

Security tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156

HA Clusters tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158

Link Keys tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160

Tape Pools tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1161

Engine Operations tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164

Zoning naming conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1170

Zoning and FICON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1170

Creating a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1172

Viewing zone properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1172

Adding members to a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173

Creating a member in a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1174

Removing a member from a zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1175

Renaming a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1175

Deleting a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1176

Duplicating a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1176

Customizing the zone member display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1177

Enabling or disabling the default zone for fabrics . . . . . . . . .1177

Creating a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1178

Editing a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1179

Removing an object from a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1179

Exporting zone aliases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180

Renaming a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180

Deleting a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180

Duplicating a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181

Creating a zone configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1181

Viewing zone configuration properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182

Adding zones to a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182

Removing a zone from a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182

Activating a zone configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183

Deactivating a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1184

Renaming a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185

Deleting a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185

Duplicating a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186

Creating an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187

Deleting an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187

Refreshing a zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188

Merging fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188

Merging two zone databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1189

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxix
53-1003155-01

Creating a common active zone configuration in two

fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190

Saving a zone database to a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1191

Exporting an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1191

Importing an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192

Rolling back changes to the offline zone database . . . . . . 1192

LSAN zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192

Creating an LSAN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194

Adding members to the LSAN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195

Creating a new member in an LSAN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196

Activating LSAN zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1197

LSAN tagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1197

Traffic Isolation zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198

Creating a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200

Adding members to a Traffic Isolation zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200

Enabling a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201

Disabling a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202

Enabling failover on a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202

Disabling failover on a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203

Boot LUN zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203

Creating a Boot LUN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203

Modifying a Boot LUN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204

Deleting a Boot LUN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205

Zoning administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205

Comparing zone databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205

Managing zone configuration comparison alerts . . . . . . . . 1207

Setting change limits on zoning activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207

Clearing the fabric zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208

Removing all user names from a zone database . . . . . . . . 1208

Finding a member in one or more zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209

Finding a zone member in the potential member list . . . . . 1209

Finding zones in a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210

Finding a zone configuration member in the zones list . . . .1210

Listing zone members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210

Listing un-zoned members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211

Removing an offline device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1211

Replacing zone members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212

Replacing an offline device by WWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212

Replacing an offline device by name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213

Chapter 27 Fibre Channel over IP

FCIP services licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1216

FCIP Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1216

IP network considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1216

FCIP platforms and supported features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1217

FCIP trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218

Design for redundancy and fault tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218

xxx Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

FCIP tunnel restrictions for FCP and FICON emulation

features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219

FCIP Trunk configuration considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219

FCIP circuit failover capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219

Bandwidth calculation during failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220

Circuit Failover Grouping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1222

Adaptive Rate Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224

FSPF link cost calculation when ARL is used. . . . . . . . . . . . 1224

QoS SID/DID priorities over an FCIP trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1225

Configuring QoS Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226

IPsec and IKE implementation over FCIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227

IPsec for the 4 Gbps platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228

IPSec for the 8 Gbps platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229

QOS, DSCP, and VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229

DSCP quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229

VLANs and layer two quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230

When both DSCP and L2CoS are used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230

Open systems tape pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231

FCIP Fastwrite and Tape Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231

FICON emulation features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232

IBM z/OS Global Mirror (z Gm) emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232

Tape write pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233

Tape read pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233

Teradata pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233

Connecting cascaded FICON fabrics over FCIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233

FCIP configuration guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239

Virtual Port Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240

Configuring an FCIP tunnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240

Adding an FCIP circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245

Configuring FCIP tunnel advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1250

Enabling Open Systems Tape Pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251

Enabling Tperf test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251

Configuring QoS percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1251

Configuring IPsec and IKE policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1252

Configuring FICON emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253

Viewing FCIP connection properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1255

Viewing General FCIP properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1256

Viewing FCIP port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258

Editing FCIP circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260

Disabling FCIP tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261

Enabling FCIP tunnels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261

Deleting FCIP tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262

Disabling FCIP circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262

Enabling FCIP circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxi
53-1003155-01

Deleting FCIP Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262

Displaying FCIP performance graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263

Displaying performance graphs for FC ports . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263

Displaying FCIP performance graphs for Ethernet ports. . . 1263

Displaying tunnel properties from the FCIP tunnels dialog box. 1264

Displaying FCIP circuit properties from the FCIP tunnels

dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264

Displaying switch properties from the FCIP Tunnels dialog box. 1265

Displaying fabric properties from the FCIP Tunnels dialog box . 1266

Troubleshooting FCIP Ethernet connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267

Chapter 28 Fabric Binding

Fabric Binding overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269

Viewing fabric binding membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269

Enabling fabric binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1271

Disabling fabric binding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272

Adding switches to the fabric binding membership list . . . 1273
Adding detached devices to the fabric binding

membership list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273

Removing switches from fabric binding membership . . . . . 1273

High Integrity Fabric overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1274

Activating high integrity fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275

Deactivating high integrity fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275

Chapter 29 Port Fencing

About port fencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1277

Viewing port fencing configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278

Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280

C3 Discard Frames threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281

Invalid CRCs threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282

Link Reset threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282

State Change threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282

Adding thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283

Adding an Invalid CRCs threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285

Adding an Invalid Words threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1286

Adding a Link Reset threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287

Adding a Protocol Error threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288

Adding a State Change threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290

Assigning thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291

Unblocking a port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291

Avoiding port fencing inheritance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292

Editing thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292

Editing an Invalid CRCs threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293

Editing an Invalid Words threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294

Editing a Link Reset threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294

Editing a Protocol Error threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295

xxxii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Editing a State Change threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295

Finding assigned thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1296

Viewing thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1296

Viewing all thresholds on a specific Fabric OS device. . . . . 1297

Removing thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297

Removing thresholds from the thresholds table . . . . . . . . . 1298

Chapter 30 FICON Environments

FICON configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299

Configuring a switch for FICON operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300

Configuring FICON display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1307

Configuring an Allow/Prohibit Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1307

Configuring an Allow/Prohibit Matrix manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308

Saving or copying Allow/Prohibit Matrix configurations to

another device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1310

Copying an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration . . . . . . . . . .1310

Saving an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration to another

device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1311

Activating an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 1312

Deleting an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . .1313

Changing the Allow/Prohibit Matrix display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1313

Cascaded FICON fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1314

Configuring a cascaded FICON fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1315

Cascaded FICON fabric merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1317

Merging two cascaded FICON fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1319

Resolving merge conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321

Port groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322

Viewing port groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323

Editing a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324

Deleting a port group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325

Swapping blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325

Chapter 31 IP Element Manager

Element Manager overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327

Element Manager CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327

Element Manager interface overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329

Switch properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330

Element Manager toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332

Displaying port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333

Status indicator icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337

Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337

Table capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1337

Performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338

Configure dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxiii
53-1003155-01

Configuring VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339

Resetting port counters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339

Enable or Disable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340

Management Module switchover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340

Switch Fabric Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1341

Port mirroring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342

Configuring port mirroring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342

sFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344

VRRP-E: VRRP/ VRRP-E management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1344

VRF management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1347

Configuring VRF in an MLX device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1347

Web Management interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349

Web Management interface troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1351

Chapter 32 Configuration File Manager and Backup

Configuration file manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353

Saving the configuration status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357

Viewing the configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358

Comparing product configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1359

Restoring a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361

Searching the Configuration File Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1361

Exporting a configuration to a text file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363

Configuration deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363

Change tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364

RASLog events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366

Configuration snapshots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372

Comparing configuration snapshots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373

Generating a configuration snapshot report . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375

Viewing the pre- and post-configuration snapshot . . . . . . . .1376

Saving a configuration snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1377

Searching the configuration snaphots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1378

Schedule backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379

Disabling a backup schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381

Chapter 33 IP Configuration Wizard

Configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383

Payloads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384

Creating a payload configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385

Duplicating a payload configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392

Modifying a payload configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392

Deploying a payload configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394

Deleting a payload configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1394

xxxiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Chapter 34 CLI Configuration Management

CLI configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395

Viewing existing templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396

Product configuration templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1397

Changing product credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402

Importing parameter values into a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403

Previewing CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404

CLI command guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405

Copying a product configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1405

Editing a product configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406

Testing a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1407

Valid and invalid responses from devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1408

Editing the CLI responses properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1408

Editing the Network OS CLI responses properties file. . . . . 1409

Editing the Motorola Controller CLI responses properties file1410

Configuration command response validation . . . . . . . . . . . .1410

Using a dash character in CLI Configuration manager . . . . .1411

Configuration error checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1411

Deleting a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1411

CLI configuration deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1412

Monitoring configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1414

Copying a monitoring configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1419

Editing a monitoring configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420

CLI deployment reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1421

CLI configuration scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422

Configuring a one-time deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . 1422

Configuring an hourly deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422

Configuring a daily deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423

Configuring a weekly deployment schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423

Configuring a monthly deployment schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . 1423

Configuring a yearly deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1424

Chapter 35 Image Repository for IP Products

Obtaining software files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1425

Products supporting the image import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1426

Boot image management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1426

Viewing the list of boot images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1426

Manually importing boot images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1427

Deploying boot images to products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428

Deleting boot images from the Management application. . 1428

Software image management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429

Viewing the list of software images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429

Manually importing software images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429

Automatically retrieving software images from products . . 1430

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxv
53-1003155-01

Deploying software images to products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1431

Deleting software images from the Management application1431

Unified image management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432

Viewing the list of unified images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432

Importing unified images into the Management application1433

Updating unified images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435

Deploying unified images to products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435

Deleting unified images from the Management application 1435

Updating firmware serially. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435

Serial firmware update and activation for Network OS devices. 1438

Chapter 36 VLAN Management

VLAN Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439

Displaying a list of VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442

VLAN management in a VCS environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442

VLAN Manager tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443

Displaying VLANs in the VLAN view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443

Displaying VLANs by products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1445

Port VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448

Adding or modifying port VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448

Adding or modifying dual mode ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450

Assigning DCB ports to a VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1451

Adding VLAN properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1451

Modifying port VLAN properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453

Deleting port VLANs from products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454

Deploying VLAN configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454

Spanning Tree Protocol configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455

Configuring STP or RSTP on a port VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455

Deploying an STP configuration on a port VLAN . . . . . . . . . .1457

Configuring MSTP on a product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1458

VLAN routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460

Managing IP addresses on an SVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1461

Chapter 37 MPLS Management

MPLS pre-configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463

MPLS licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464

MPLS overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465

Configuring LDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465

LSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1466

Viewing LSP Admin Group information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1467

Viewing LSP path information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1468

Viewing RSVP LSP information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469

Viewing saved LSP configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1470

Adding an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1471

Editing an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1472

Duplicating an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1472

Deleting an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1473

xxxvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Adding an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1473

Editing an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1474

Duplicating an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1475

Deleting an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1475

Configuring advanced RSVP LSP settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1476

Editing an RSVP LSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1483

Duplicating an RSVP LSP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1483

Deleting an RSVP LSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1483

Editing a saved LSP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1484

Duplicating a saved LSP configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1484

Deleting a saved LSP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1485

Displaying LSP Topologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1485

MPLS Virtual Leased Line (VLL) overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1487

VLL manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1488

Viewing VLL instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1488

Viewing Saved VLL configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1491

Adding or editing a VLL instance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493

Configuring devices using the VLL Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494

Deploying target actions using the VLL Manager . . . . . . . . 1496

Deploying VLL properties using the VLL Manager. . . . . . . . .1497

Scheduling deployment using the VLL Manager . . . . . . . . . 1498

Reviewing the VLL Manager summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1499

Reviewing the VLL Manager configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1499

Creating a new VLL instance using duplicate . . . . . . . . . . . 1500

Editing a VLL instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500

Deleting VLL instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500

Filtering VLL traffic monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501

Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS) overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502

VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504

Viewing VPLS instances and peer topologies . . . . . . . . . . . 1504

Viewing Saved VPLS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1506

Adding or editing a VPLS instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508

Configuring devices using the VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . . 1509

Configuring endpoint settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1510

Deploying target actions using VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . .1511

Deploying VPLS properties using VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . .1512

Scheduling deployment using VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . . .1513

Reviewing the VPLS Manager summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1514

Creating a new VPLS instance from a duplicate . . . . . . . . . .1514

Editing a VPLS instance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1515

Deleting a VPLS instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1515

Filtering for VPLS traffic monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1516

VCID pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1517

802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1518

Configuring a maintenance association. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1518

Editing a maintenance association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1521

Adding a MEP to a maintenance association. . . . . . . . . . . . 1523

Editing a MEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1525

Viewing the MEPs in a maintenance association . . . . . . . . 1527

Deleting a maintenance association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1528

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxvii
53-1003155-01

Checking the connectivity status of remote MEPs . . . . . . . 1529

Sending a loopback message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1530

Sending a linktrace message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1531

Configuring frame delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1533

Chapter 38 VIP Servers

VIP Servers overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1535

Viewing the VIP Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1535

Viewing VIP Server information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1537

Enabling or disabling servers or server ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539

Server port statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1539

Chapter 39 Global Server Load Balancing

GSLB Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1541

Viewing the GSLB Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542

GSLB policy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1543

GSLB site management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1549

GSLB zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1551

Adding a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1551

Adding a host to a zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1552

Editing the list of IP addresses and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . 1554

Controller configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1554

Creating a new GSLB controller configuration. . . . . . . . . . . 1555

Deploying a controller configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557

Scheduling a deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1558

Chapter 40 SSL Certificates for ServerIron Products

SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561

SSL certificate configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1562

Accessing SSL certificates on the Product View tab . . . . . . 1564

Generating a certificate signing request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566

Adding an SSL certificate and key file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1568

Editing an SSL certificate and key file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569

Duplicating an SSL certificate and key file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570

Viewing SSL certificate details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570

Importing certificates and keys from file locations. . . . . . . . . . . .1571

Importing certificates and keys from products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1572

Exporting certificates and keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573

Deploying certificates and keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1574

Creating key passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575

Appending SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1577

xxxviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Chaining SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1577

Deleting SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579

Chapter 41 Deployment Manager

Introduction to the Deployment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581

Editing a deployment configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581

Duplicating a deployment configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582

Deleting a deployment configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583

Deploying a configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583

Viewing deployment logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583

Generating a deployment report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1583

Generating a deployment configuration snapshot report . . . . . 1584

Searching the configuration snapshots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1584

Chapter 42 Fibre Channel Troubleshooting

FC troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1587

Troubleshooting device connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1589

Confirming Fabric Device Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1591

Troubleshooting port diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1591

Configuring link traffic test parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1595

FCIP troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596

Tracing IP routes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1597

Viewing FCIP tunnel performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1599

Chapter 43 Performance Data

SAN performance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1601

SAN performance management requirements . . . . . . . . . . 1604

SAN real-time performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1608

Clearing port counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1612

SAN historical performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1612

Enabling SAN-wide historical performance collection. . . . . .1613

Enabling historical performance collection for selected

fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1613

Disabling historical performance collection . . . . . . . . . . . . .1615

Generating and saving a historical performance graph . . . .1615

Exporting historical performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1620

Deleting a favorite graph configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1620

Performance database views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1621

How to extract performance statistics data from the

database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1621

Performance statistics counters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1622

SAN end-to-end monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1624

Configuring an end-to-end monitor pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1625

Displaying end-to-end monitor pairs in a real-time graph . . 1626

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxix
53-1003155-01

Displaying end-to-end monitor pairs in a historical graph. . 1626

Refreshing end-to-end monitor pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1627

Deleting an end-to-end monitor pair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1628

SAN Top Talker monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1628

Configuring a fabric mode Top Talker monitor. . . . . . . . . . . 1629

Configuring an F_Port mode Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . .1631

Deleting a Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1632

Pausing a Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1632

Restarting a Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1633

Bottleneck detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1633

Supported configurations for bottleneck detection. . . . . . . 1634

How bottlenecks are reported. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1634

Limitations of bottleneck detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1635

Enabling bottleneck alerts and configuring alert

parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1635

Inheriting alert parameters from a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638

Copying alert parameters from one switch or port

to another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638

Displaying bottleneck statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639

Displaying devices that could be affected by an F_Port or

FL_Port bottleneck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639

Disabling bottleneck detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1640

Thresholds and event notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1640

Creating and editing a threshold policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1641

Duplicating a threshold policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1644

Assigning a threshold policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1644

Deleting a threshold policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1645

SAN connection utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1646

Enabling connection utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1647

Disabling connection utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1648

Changing connection utilization percentages . . . . . . . . . . . 1648

IP performance monitoring and traffic analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1648

IP configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1649

IP real-time performance monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650

Adding collectibles to monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655

The graph and table are populated with the collectible performance
values. The selected collectibles display beneath the graph.1656

Removing collectibles from monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656

Configuring the performance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656

Exporting a graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1661

Printing a graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662

IP historical performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1662

Editing system collectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663

Displaying historical data collectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1664

Enabling a historical data collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1665

Adding or editing a historical data collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1665

Adding third-party device MIB objects manually . . . . . . . . . 1672

Configuring a MIB walk instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1672

Duplicating a historical data collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1672

xl Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Deleting a historical data collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1673

Adding, editing, or duplicating a user-defined expression . 1673

Deleting an expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675

Viewing Historical Graphs/Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1675

Mouse functions for graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680

MIB data collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1681

IP Custom performance reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1681

Interpreting the SNMP Monitor report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1687

Exporting an SNMP Monitor report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1687

IP sFlow configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688

Creating custom sFlow reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1692

Scheduling custom sFlow reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1702

Suspending a custom sFlow report schedule . . . . . . . . . . . .1705

IP Traffic analyzer monitoring and sFlow reports . . . . . . . . . . . . .1705

Displaying sFlow monitoring reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1706

Selecting a report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1707

Changing the number of records gathered for

sFlow accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1709

Interpreting an sFlow traffic report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1709

Viewing top MAC talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1710

Viewing top VLAN talkers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1711

Viewing all Layer 3 and Layer 4 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1712

Viewing all IPv4 Layer 3 or Layer 4 Top Talkers . . . . . . . . . . .1712

Viewing IPv4 – top TCP talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1713

Viewing IPv4 – top UDP talkers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1715

Viewing IPv4 – top ICMP talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1716

Viewing IPv4 – Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1717

Viewing IPv6 Top Talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1717

Viewing other Layer 3 or Layer 4 Top Talkers. . . . . . . . . . . . .1718

Enabling and viewing TCP reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1719

Viewing BGP paths report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1721

Viewing VCS fabric Top Talker reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1721

Troubleshooting sFlow reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1722

IP traffic accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1722

Chapter 44 Flow Vision

Flow Vision overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1725

Supported hardware platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1725

Supported port types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1726

Flow Vision terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1726

Flow Vision features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1727

Flow Vision flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1727

Flow definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1728

Flow definition parameters and rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1728

Supported port configurations for each feature . . . . . . . . . .1730

Supported flow parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1730

Number of supported flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1731

Learned flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1731

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xli
53-1003155-01

Monitoring flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1733

Resetting flow statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1735

Activating flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1736

Deactivating flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1736

Deleting flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1736

Flow Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1737

Flow Monitor limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1738

Creating a Flow Monitor flow definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1739

Monitoring a Flow Monitor flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1748

Flow Monitor example procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1752

FC router fabrics Flow Monitor flow example procedures. . .1759

XISL and backbone E_Port monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1773

Flow Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1776

Flow Generator setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1776

Flow Generator limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1777

SIM-Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1778

Creating a Flow Generator flow definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1780

Customizing Flow Generator flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1782

Monitoring a Flow Generator flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1783

Flow Generator example procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1786

Flow Mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1788

Flow Mirror limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790

Creating a Flow Mirror flow definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790

Monitoring a Flow Mirror flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1793

Flow Mirror example procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1796

Predefined flow definition templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802

Creating a flow definition from a template. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803

Predefined flow definition templates for initiator group

and storage array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806

Flow Vision interoperability with other features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1811

Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite integration with

Flow Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1812

Bottleneck Detection integration with Flow Vision . . . . . . . 1812

FC Trace Route integration with Flow Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . .1814

Port connectivity integration with Flow Vision . . . . . . . . . . . .1816

Dashboard integration with Flow Vision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1817

Performance integration with Flow Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1818

Chapter 45 Frame Monitor

Frame Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1821

Creating a custom frame monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823

Editing a frame monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825

Assigning a frame monitor to a port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825

Finding frame monitor assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826

Removing a frame monitor from a port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826

Removing a frame monitor from a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827

xlii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Chapter 46 Power Center

Power center overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829

Data monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1830

Viewing PoE data for ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1831

Filtering port details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1832

Viewing attached device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833

Viewing PoE charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835

Refreshing PoE data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838

Configuring automatic data refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839

PoE power on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1839

Powering down PoE-capable ports on demand . . . . . . . . . . 1840

Schedule PoE power deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1841

Scheduling a power down deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1846

Updating a power deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1847

Viewing the configured ports for a power deployment

schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1848

Deleting a power deployment schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849

PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850

Adding a PoE product threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1850

Adding a PoE port threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1852

Viewing PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854

Updating a PoE threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1855

Enabling PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856

Disabling PoE thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1856

Deleting PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857

Viewing PoE performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857

Monitoring real time power performance on products . . . . 1857

Monitoring real time power performance on ports . . . . . . . 1859

Chapter 47 Policy Monitor

Policy monitor overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1863

Fabric policy monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1864

Switch and router configuration policy managers . . . . . . . . 1865

Host configuration policy managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1868

Management configuration policy manager . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870

Preconfigured configuration policy managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870

Viewing configuration policy manager status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1871

Viewing existing configuration policy managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872

Adding a configuration policy manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873

Configuration policy manager scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1878

Editing a configuration policy manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1880

Deleting a configuration policy manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881

Configuration rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881

Viewing configuration rule details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1882

Adding a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1885

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xliii
53-1003155-01

Duplicating a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887

Editing a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887

Exporting a configuration rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888

Importing a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888

Deleting a configuration rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1889

Viewing predefined configuration conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 1889

Adding a configuration condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1890

Selecting a product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1891

Duplicating a configuration condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1892

Editing a user-defined configuration condition . . . . . . . . . . 1892

Predefined conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893

Viewing a predefined configuration block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896

Adding a configuration block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896

Duplicating a configuration block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1897

Editing a user-defined configuration block . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1898

Deleting conditions and blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1899

Predefined blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1899

Running a configuration policy manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1900

Viewing a configuration policy manager report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901

Exporting a configuration policy manager report . . . . . . . . 1904

Viewing historical reports for all configuration policy managers 1904

Viewing historical reports for a configuration policy manager . . 1905

Chapter 48 Fault Management

Fault management overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1907

Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1908

Event notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1908

Defining filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1910

Setting up advanced event filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1911

Viewing events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1913

SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1913

Adding a trap recipient to one or more switches. . . . . . . . . .1914

Removing a trap recipient from one or more switches . . . . .1915

SNMP trap forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1915

Event reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1919

Adding an SNMP v3 credential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1921

Adding an SNMP v1 or v2c community string . . . . . . . . . . . 1922

Importing a new MIB into the Management application. . . 1922

Trap customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923

SNMP informs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1926

Syslogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927

Adding a syslog recipient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1927

Removing a syslog recipient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1928

Syslog forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1928

Adding a syslog filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930

Snort message forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931

Event action definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932

xliv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Creating an event action definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932

Creating a new event action definition by copying an

existing definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1945

Modifying an event action definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946

Deleting an event action definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1946

Configuring event actions for Snort messages . . . . . . . . . . 1946

Pseudo events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948

Displaying pseudo event definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948

Creating pseudo event definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1948

Setting pseudo event policies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949

Filtering pseudo event traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950

Creating a pseudo event definition by copying an

existing definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1951

Editing a pseudo event definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952

Deleting a pseudo event definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1952

Creating an event action from a pseudo event . . . . . . . . . . 1952

Adding a pseudo event on the escalation policy . . . . . . . . . 1953

Creating an event action with a pseudo event on the

escalation policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1954

Adding a pseudo event on the resolving policy . . . . . . . . . . 1955

Creating an event action with a pseudo event on the

resolving policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956

Adding a pseudo event on the flapping policy . . . . . . . . . . . 1957

Creating an event action with a pseudo event on the

flapping policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1957

Event custom reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1959

Defining report settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1960

Defining the report identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962

Filtering a report definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963

Filtering report events by date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1965

Creating a new report definition by copying an existing

definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967

Editing a report definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1967

Deleting a report definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968

Event custom report schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968

Adding or editing an event report schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1969

Event logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1971

Viewing event logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1971

Copying part of a log entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1971

Copying an entire log entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1972

Exporting the entire log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1972

E-mailing all event details from the Master Log . . . . . . . . . .1973

E-mailing selected event details from the Master Log . . . . .1973

Displaying event properties from the Master Log . . . . . . . . .1973

Finding the device associated with an event . . . . . . . . . . . . .1975

Copying part of the Master Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1975

Copying the entire Master Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1975

Exporting the Master Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1975

Filtering events in the Master Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1976

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xlv
53-1003155-01

Chapter 49 Packet Capture (Pcap)

Configuring packet captures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1981

Chapter 50 Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite

Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983

MAPS role-based access control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1984

Enabling MAPS on a device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1985

MAPS interoperability with other features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986

Fabric Watch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986

MAPS category, object, and measure hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1990

MAPS categories, measures, and actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991

MAPS monitoring categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1993

Switch Status monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995

Fabric monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1996

FRU monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1997

Security monitoring category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998

Resource monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1998

FCIP monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999

Traffic/Flows monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1999

FPI monitoring category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000

MAPS policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001

User-defined policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2001

MAPS rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003

MAPS conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003

MAPS actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004

Fence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2004

SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2005

Enabling or disabling policy actions for all policies . . . . . . . 2006

Configuring e-mail notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2007

Viewing MAPS policy data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2008

Configuring a MAPS policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010

Editing a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013

Cloning a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013

Importing Flow definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2014

Removing imported Flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015

Activating a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015

Replicating a policy to other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2016

Exporting a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Importing a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Deleting a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Viewing MAPS policy rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018

Comparing MAPS policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020

MAPS groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2021

User-defined groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2023

Editing a group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2025

Deleting a group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027

Viewing all groups on a fabric or device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027

xlvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Creating multiple groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029

Editing multiple groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2029

Deleting a group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030

MAPS violations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031

MAPS events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033

Viewing MAPS events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033

MAPS integration with other features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2036

Chapter 51 Technical Support

Server and client support save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037

Capturing Server support save data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2038

Capturing Client support save data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2039

Client support save using a command line interface . . . . . 2040

Device technical support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2041

Starting immediate technical support information

collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2045

Viewing the technical support repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2048

Saving technical support information to another location . 2049

E-mailing technical support information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050

Copying technical support information to an external

FTP server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2050

Deleting technical support files from the repository . . . . . . 2051

Upload failure data capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2051

Disabling upload failure data capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2053

Purging upload failure data capture files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2053

Configuring the upload failure data capture FTP server . . . 2053

Saving the upload failure data capture repository . . . . . . . 2054

Chapter 52 Reports

Reports overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2055

SAN report types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056

Generating SAN reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2056

Viewing SAN reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057

Fabric Summary Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2058

Fabric Ports Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2060

Exporting SAN reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2061

Printing SAN reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062

Deleting SAN reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2062

Generating SAN performance reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2063

Generating SAN zoning reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2064

IP report types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2065

Viewing IP reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066

Exporting and saving IP reports to a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2066

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xlvii
53-1003155-01

Exporting IP reports to e-mail recipients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2067

IP Wired Products report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2068

Detailed Product Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2069

Detailed Cluster Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2073

AP Products report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2076

Module List report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2077

Port VLAN report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078

Layer 3 VLAN report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2078

IP Subnet List report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2079

IP Address List report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2079

MAC Address List report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080

IP Physical Ports - Realtime report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080

IP Stacking Ports - Realtime report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081

Physical Media - Realtime report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2081

Deployment reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2082

Reports Template Manager overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2083

Accessing the Report Template Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2084

Viewing a report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2085

Importing a report template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086

Exporting a report template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086

Deleting reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2086

Report content and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2087

Products List report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2088

Detailed Product Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2089

Detailed Cluster Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2091

Ports Tx/Rx Ratio report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2093

Low Traffic Ports report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2095

Exporting data from the report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2096

Host adapter reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2096

Adapters Inventory report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2097

Adapters Faulty SFP report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2098

Appendix A Application menus

Dashboard main menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2101

SAN main menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2102

IP main menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2112

SAN shortcut menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2118

IP shortcut menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2134

Appendix B Call Home Event Tables

Appendix C Event Categories

Link incident events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2143

Product status events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2143

Product audit events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2144

Security events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2145

xlviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Security events for FC devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2145

Security events for IP devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2145

User action events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2146

Management server events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2146

Product events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2147

IP Performance monitoring events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2147

RASLog Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2147

Appendix D User Privileges

About user privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2151

About Roles and Access Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2173

Appendix E Device Properties

Viewing SAN device properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2180

Viewing SAN device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2181

Viewing storage properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2184

Viewing iSCSI properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2186

Viewing port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2188

Viewing VC module properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2193

IP device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2195

Viewing VCS fabric properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2199

Host properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2207

Properties customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2211

Deleting a property field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2212

Editing a property field directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2212

Appendix F Regular Expressions

Appendix G CLI Templates

Chapter H Troubleshooting

Application Configuration Wizard troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 2240

Browser troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2240

Client browser troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2241

Configuration backup and restore troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . .2241

Discovery troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2242

Element Manager troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2242

Fabric tracking troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2242

FICON troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2243

Firmware download troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2243

Launch Client troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2245

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xlix
53-1003155-01

Master Log and Switch Console troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . .2247

Names troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2247

Patch troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2248

Performance troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2249

Port Fencing troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2253

Professional edition login troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2253

Server troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2253

Server Management Console troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2254

Supportsave troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2255

Technical support data collection troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . 2256

View All list troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2256

Wireless troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2257

Zoning troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2257

Appendix I Database Fields

Database tables and fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2259

Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2497

ADAPTER_PORT_CONFIG_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2497

AG_CONNECTION_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2497

BIRTREPORT_SCHEDULE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2498

BOOT_IMAGE_FILE_DETAILS_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2499

CNA_ETH_PORT_CONFIG_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2499

CNA_PORT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2500

CNA_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2500

CORE_SWITCH_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2501

CRYPTO_HOST_LUN_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2502

CRYPTO_TARGET_ENGINE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2503

DASHBOARD_PREFERENCES_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2503

DEPLOYMENT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2504

DEPLOYMENT_LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2505

DEVICE_CONNECTION_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2505

EE_MONITOR_STATS_5MIN_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2506

EE_MONITOR_STATS_30MIN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2506

EE_MONITOR_STATS_2HOUR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2506

EE_MONITOR_STATS_1DAY_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2507

TE_PORT_STATS_5MIN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2507

TE_PORT_STATS_30MIN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2508

TE_PORT_STATS_2HOUR_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2508

TE_PORT_STATS_1DAY_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2508

SWITCH_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2509

SWITCH_REPORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2511

DEVICE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2513

N2F_PORT_MAP_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2514

DEVICE_NODE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2515

DEVICE_PORT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2516

DEVICE_REPORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2517

l Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

DEV_PORT_GIGE_PORT_LINK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2518

DEV_PORT_MAC_ADDR_MAP_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2518

ISL_CONNECTION_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2519

ISL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2519

ETHERNET_ISL_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2520

EVENT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2521

EVENT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2522

FABRIC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2523

FCIP_TUNNEL_CIRCUIT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2524

FCIP_TUNNEL_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2525

FCOE_DEVICE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2526

FRU_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2526

GIGE_PORT_ECLOUD_LINK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2527

GIGE_PORT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2527

GENERATED_BIRTREPORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2528

HBA_PORT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2529

HBA_TARGET_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2531

HEALTH_STATUS_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2532

HOST_INVENTORY_REPORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2533

HOST_DISCOVERY_REQUEST_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2536

HOST_DISCOVERY_REQUESTS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2537

IFL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2539

IFL_REPORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2539

ISL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2542

ISL_REPORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2543

ISL_TRILL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2545

ISL_TRUNK_GROUP_MEMBER_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2546

ISL_TRUNK_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2547

L2_NEIGHBOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2547

MAPS_EVENT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2548

N2F_PORT_MAP_REPORT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2549

MODULE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2552

NPORT_WWN_MAP_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2554

PHANTOM_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2554

PRODUCT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2555

PORT_BOTTLENECK_CONF_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2557

PORT_BOTTLENECK_STAT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2557

PORT_GROUP_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2558

ROLE_PRIVILEGE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2558

PORT_PROFILE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2559

PORT_PROFILE_INTERFACE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2559

PORT_PROFILE_MAC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2560

PORT_VLAN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2560

PROTOCOL_VLAN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2561

SFLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2561

SFLOW_MINUTE_L3_VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2561

SFLOW_MINUTE_MAC_VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2561

SCOM_EE_MONITOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2562

SENSOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2562

SMART_CARD_USAGE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2563

SWITCH_CONFIG_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2564

SWITCH_PORT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2565

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual li
53-1003155-01

SWITCH_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2570

SWITCH_DISCOVERED_MAC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2572

SWITCH_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2572

SWITCH_SNMP_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2574

TIME_SERIES_DATA_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2576

TIME_SERIES_DATA_VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2577

TRILL_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2578

TRILL_TRUNK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2579

USER_ROLE_RESOURCE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2579

VIRTUAL_FCOE_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2580

VIRTUAL_PORT_WWN_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2580

VM_ADDRESS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2581

VLAN_INT_CLASSIFIER_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2582

VM_CONNECTIVITY_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2582

VM_NETWORK_CONNECTIVITY_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2585

VM_DATASTORE_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2587

VM_EE_MONITOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2587

VM_HOST_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2588

VM_LUN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2589

VM_STATISTICS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2589

VR_CONN_MODULE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2591

VR_CONN_MODULE_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2593

VR_CONN_NPIV_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2594

VMM_DISCOVERED_MAC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2595

VM_VIRTUAL_ETHERNET_ADAPTER_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2596

ZONE_DB_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2596

ZONE_DB_REPORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2597

AP_USAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2597

EVENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2597

SFLOW_MINUTE_BGP_VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2597

SFLOW_MINUTE_VLAN_VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2598

PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2598

SLOT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2598

MANAGED_ELEMENT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2599

SNMP_DATA_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2599

SNMP_EXPR_DATA_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2599

SNMP_DATA_VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2599

VM_VNETWORK_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2602

VCS_CLUSTER_MEMBER_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603

RESET_VCS_LICENSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2604

TRILL_TRUNK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2604

WIRELESS_INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2604

WIRED_INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2605

CEE_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2607

Index

lii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

About This Document

In this chapter

•How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lvii

•Supported hardware and software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lix

•What’s new in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxvii

•Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxx

•Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxxi

•Getting technical help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxxii

•Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxxiii

How this document is organized

This document is organized to help you find the information that you want as quickly and easily as
possible. This document supports Network Advisor 12.3.0 and later.

The document contains the following components:

• Chapter 1, “Getting Started,” provides a high-level overview of the user interface.

• Chapter 2, “Patches,” provides information about installing patches.

• Chapter 3, “Discovery,” describes how to discover SANs and hosts as well as IP devices.

• Chapter 4, “Management Groups,” describes how to create product and port management

groups.

• Chapter 5, “Application Configuration,” provides Management application configuration

instructions.

• Chapter 6, “User Account Management,” provides information on how to manage users.

• Chapter 7, “Web Client,”provides details about using the web client to monitor your network.

• Chapter 8, “Dashboard Management,” provides details about the Dashboard status widgets

and performance monitors.

• Chapter 9, “View Management,” provides view and topology configuration instructions.

• Chapter 10, “MRP Topology,” provides details about MRP topology.

• Chapter 11, “Call Home,” provides call home configuration instructions.

• Chapter 12, “Third-party tools,” provides instructions for adding and launching third-party

tools.

• Chapter 13, “Server Management Console,” provides information on using the Server

Management Console to stop and start the Management application services, back up the
Management application database, and capture technical support information.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lvii
53-1003155-01

• Chapter 14, “SAN Device Configuration,” provides device configuration instructions.

• Chapter 15, “Host Port Mapping,” provides instructions about how to create Hosts and assign

the HBAs to them and import an externally created Host port mapping file (.CSV) to the
Management application.

• Chapter 16, “Storage Port Mapping,” provides instructions about how to create and assign

properties to a storage device.

• Chapter 17, “Wireless Management,” provides information about wireless devices.

• Chapter 18, “VCS Management,” provides information on VCS fabrics. This chapter is for

Network OS devices only.

• Chapter 19, “Host Management,” provides information on how to configure an HBA.

• Chapter 20, “Fibre Channel over Ethernet,” provides information on how to configure FCoE.

• Chapter 21, “Telemetry,” provides instructions for you to monitor, report, and analyze traffic

information and data on your network.

• Chapter 22, “Security Management,” provides security configuration instructions.

• Chapter 23, “FC-FC Routing Service Management,” provides information on how to manage

Fibre Channel Routing.

• Chapter 24, “Virtual Fabrics,” provides information on configuring and managing logical

switches.

• Chapter 25, “SAN Encryption Configuration,” provides information on configuring encryption.

• Chapter 26, “Zoning,” provides zoning configuration instructions.

• Chapter 27, “Fibre Channel over IP,” provides information on how to configure FCIP.

• Chapter 28, “Fabric Binding,” provides fabric binding instructions.

• Chapter 29, “Port Fencing,” provides information on how to configure port fencing.

• Chapter 30, “FICON Environments,” provides information on how to manage FICON.

• Chapter 31, “IP Element Manager,” provides instructions for accessing a device by connecting

to its command line interface (CLI) or Web Management interface.

• Chapter 32, “Configuration File Manager and Backup,” provides information on saving and

backing up configurations.

• Chapter 33, “IP Configuration Wizard,” provides information on creating and deploying

configuration payloads.

• Chapter 34, “CLI Configuration Management,” provides information on creating configurations

and reports using command line interface commands.

• Chapter 35, “Image Repository for IP Products,” provides information for importing and

deploying boot, monitor, software, and unified images.

• Chapter 36, “VLAN Management,” provides information on how to manage Virtual Local Area

Networks (VLANs).

• Chapter 37, “MPLS Management,” provides information on how to configure Multi-protocol

Label Switching (MPLS).

• Chapter 38, “VIP Servers,” provides information on how to manage virtual IP servers.

• Chapter 39, “Global Server Load Balancing,” provides information on how to configure Global

Server Load Balancing policies.

• Chapter 40, “SSL Certificates for ServerIron Products,” provides information on how to import

and deploy SSL certificates and keys.

lviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

• Chapter 41, “Deployment Manager,” provides information about how to view, deploy, and

manage deployment configurations.

• Chapter 42, “Fibre Channel Troubleshooting,” provides troubleshooting details for Fibre

Channel devices.

• Chapter 43, “Performance Data,” provides information on how to manage performance.

• Chapter 44, “Flow Vision,” provides information on a network diagnostic tool that provides a

unified platform to manage traffic-related applications on Fabric OS devices.

• Chapter 45, “Frame Monitor,” provides information on how to monitor frames.

• Chapter 46, “Power Center,” provides information on how to monitor power on Power over

Ethernet (PoE) products.

• Chapter 47, “Policy Monitor,” provides information on how to configure best practice

guidelines.

• Chapter 48, “Fault Management,” provides event management instructions.

• Chapter 49, “Packet Capture (Pcap),” provides information on how to configure switches as

sensors to capture packets.

• Chapter 50, “Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite,” provides information on an optional storage

area network (SAN) health monitor that allows you to enable each switch to constantly monitor
its SAN fabric for potential faults and automatically alert you to problems.

• Chapter 51, “Technical Support,” provides server, client, and device supportSave instructions.

• Chapter 52, “Reports,” provides instructions for generating reports.

• Appendix A, “Application menus,” provides information about the main and shortcut menus.

• Appendix B, “Call Home Event Tables,”provides supplemental information about call home

event tables.

• Appendix C, “Event Categories,” provides information about events.

• Appendix D, “User Privileges,” provides supplemental information about user privileges and

access levels.

• Appendix E, “Device Properties,” provides reference information related to fabric, product, and

port properties.

• Appendix F, “Regular Expressions,” provides a summary of Unicode regular expression

constructs that you can use in the Management application.

• Appendix G, “CLI Templates,” provides information about preconfigured CLI templates.

• Appendix H, “Troubleshooting,” provides general troubleshooting details.

• Appendix I, “Database Fields” provides reference information related to databases.

Supported hardware and software

In those instances in which procedures or parts of procedures documented here apply to some
devices but not to others, this guide identifies exactly which devices are supported and which are
not.

Although many different software and hardware configurations are tested and supported by
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. for Network Advisor 12.3.0, documenting all possible
configurations and scenarios is beyond the scope of this document.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lix
53-1003155-01

Fabric OS hardware and software support

NOTE

The following firmware platforms are supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.3.0:

• Fabric OS 5.0 or later in a pure Fabric OS fabric

• Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed fabric

Discovery of a Secure Fabric OS fabric in strict mode is not supported.

The hardware platforms in Table 1 are supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.3.0.

TABLE 1 Fabric OS-supported hardware

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade 200E switch 16-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 300 switch 24-port, 8 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 4012 switch Embedded 12-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4016 switch Embedded 16-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4018 switch Embedded 18-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4020 switch Embedded 20-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4024 switch Embedded 24-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v5.3.1 or later

Brocade 4100 switch 32-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4900 switch 64-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v5.2.0 or later

Brocade 5000 switch 32-port, 4 Gbps FC Interop Switch Fabric OS v5.2.1 or later

Brocade 5100 switch 32-port, 8 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 5300 switch 64-port, 8 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 5410 embedded switch Embedded 12-port, 8 Gbps Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade M5424 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5450 embedded switch Embedded 16-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5460 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5470 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5480 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade NX-220 8Gb Embedded Switch Module Embedded 16-port, 8 Gbps switch Fabric OS v7.1.0 or later

Brocade 6505 switch 24-port, 16 Gbps Edge switch Fabric OS v7.0.1 or later

Brocade M6505 embedded switch 24-port, 16 Gbps embedded switch Fabric OS v7.2.0 or later

Brocade 6510 switch 48-port, 16 Gbps switch Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

Brocade 6520 switch 96-port, 16 Gbps switch Fabric OS v7.1.0 or later

Brocade 6547 embedded switch 48-port, 16 Gbps embedded switch Fabric OS v7.2.0 or later

Brocade 7500 Extension switch 4 Gbps Router, Extension Switch Fabric OS v5.1.0 or later

Brocade 7500E Extension switch 4 Gbps Extension Switch Fabric OS v5.1.0 or later

FR4-18i

FX8-24 Blade 8 Gbps Router, Extension blades Fabric OS v6.4.0 or later

Blade 4 Gbps Router, Extension blades

lx Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

TABLE 1 Fabric OS-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade AP7600 switch 4 Gbps 32-port Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 7800 switch 8 Gbps Extension Switch Fabric OS v6.3.0 or later

Brocade 7840 switch 16 Gbps 24-FC port, 18 GbE port Switch Fabric OS v7.3.0 or later

Brocade 8000 switch 8 Gbps 8-FC port, 10 GbE 24-DCB port Switch Fabric OS v6.1.2_CEE

Brocade 8470 FCoE embedded switch FCoE Embedded Switch Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE

Brocade VA-40FC switch 8 Gbps 40-port Switch

Brocade 415 Host Bus Adapter 4 Gbps 1-port HBA

Brocade 425 Host Bus Adapter 4 Gbps 2-port HBA

Brocade 815 Host Bus Adapter 8 Gbps 1-port HBA

Brocade 825 Host Bus Adapter 8 Gbps 2-port HBA

Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter 16 Gbps FC HBA mode

10 Gbps CNA mode
10 Gbps NIC mode

Brocade 1867 HBA 16 Gbps Mezzanine HBA Adapter Software 3.0.3.0 or later

Brocade 48000 director Director Chassis

Brocade 48000 director with FC4-16, FC4-32,
and FC4-48 Blades

Brocade 48000 director with FR4-18i

Blades Director Chassis with 4 Gbps router, extension

Director Chassis with 4 Gbps 16-FC port, 4 Gbps
32-FC port, and 4 Gbps 48-FC port

blades

Brocade 48000 director with FC4-16IP

Blades Director Chassis with 4 Gbps 8-FC port and 8

GbE iSCSI blades

Brocade 48000 director with FC10-6

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX

1, 2

1, 2

with FC8-16, FC8-32, and

FC8-48 Blades

Blades Director Chassis with 10 Gbps 6-port ISL blades Fabric OS v5.3.0 or later (FC10-6)

8-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

8-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 16-FC port,
8 Gbps 32-FC port, and 8 Gbps 48-FC port
blades

Brocade DCX

1, 2

with FC8-64 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 64-FC port

blades

Adapter Software 3.0.0.0 or later

Fabric OS v5.2.0 or later (FC4-48)

Fabric OS v5.1.0 or later (FR4-18i)

Fabric OS v5.2.0 or later (FC4-16IP)

Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

Fabric OS v6.4.0

Brocade DCX-4S with FC16-64 Blades 8Gbps 16Gbps, 64 ports Fabric OS v7.3.0 or later

Brocade DCX

with FR4-18i Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 4 Gbps Router,

Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

1, 2

Extension blade

1, 2

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX

with FC10-6 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with FC 10 - 6 ISL Blade Fabric OS v6.2.0

1, 2

with FS8-18 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with Encryption Blade Fabric OS v6.1.1_enc or later

1, 2

with FX8-24 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 12-FC port,

Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE

10 GbE ports, 2-10 GbE por ts blade

Brocade DCX

with FCoE10-24 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 10 Gbps 24-port

Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE

1, 2

FCoE blade

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxi
53-1003155-01

4-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

TABLE 1 Fabric OS-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade DCX-4S with FC8-16, FC8-32, and
FC8-48 Blades

4-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 16-FC port,
8 Gbps 32-FC port, and 8 Gbps 48-FC port

Fabric OS v6.2.0

blades

Brocade DCX-4S

with FC8-64 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 64-FC port

Fabric OS v6.4.0

blades

Brocade DCX-4S

with FR4-18i Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 4 Gbps Router,

Fabric OS v6.2.0

Extension blade

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S

with FC10-6 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with FC 10 - 6 ISL Blade Fabric OS v6.2.0

with FS8-18 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with Encryption Blade Fabric OS v6.1.1_enc or later

with FX8-24 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 12-FC port,

Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE

10 GbE ports, 2-10 GbE por ts blade

Brocade DCX-4S

with FCoE10-24 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 10 Gbps 24-port

Fabric OS v6.3.0 or later

FCoE blade

Brocade DCX 8510-4 16 Gbps 4-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

1, 2

Brocade DCX 8510-8

16 Gbps 8-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

Brocade Encryption Switch 8 Gbps Encryption Switch Fabric OS v6.1.1_enc or later

FS8-18 Encryption Blade Encryption Blade

FA4-18 Application Platform Blade Application Platform Blade

FC8-16 Blade FC 8 GB 16-port Blade

FC8-32 Blade FC 8 GB 32-port Blade

FC8-48 Blade FC 8 GB 48-port Blade

FC8-64 Blade FC 8 GB 64-port Blade

FC10-6 Blade FC 10 - 6 ISL Blade

FC8-32E blade

FC8-48E blade

3

3

8 Gbps 32-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.1 or later

8 Gbps 48-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.1 or later

FC16-32 Blade 16 Gbps 32-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

FC16-48 Blade 16 Gbps 48-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

FC16-64 Blade

3

16 Gbps 64-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

FCoE10-24 Blade 10 Gbps FCoE Port Router Blade

FX8-24 Blade

1, 2

8 Gbps Extension Blade

1 Professional can discover but not manage this device. Use the device’s Element Manager, which can be launched from the Connectivity

Map, to manage the device. This device cannot be used as a Seed switch.

2 Professional Plus Trial and Licensed version can discover but not manage this device. Use the device’s Element Manager, which can be

launched from the Connectivity Map, to manage the device. This device cannot be used as a Seed switch.

3 Only supported on the DCX 8510-4 and DCX 8510-8 chassis.

IronWare hardware and software support

The following firmware platforms are supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.3.0:

lxii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

• BigIron 2.7.02e (sustaining mode) or later

• FastIron 7.2.0 or later

• NetIron 5.1.0 or later

• ServerIron (JetCore) 11.0 or later

• ServerIron ADX 12.2.0 or later

• TurboIron 4.2.0 or later

For platform-specific firmware requirements, refer to Table 2 .

Tab le 2 lists the hardware platforms supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.3.0, the

terminology used in the documentation, as well as any specific firmware requirements.

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

BigIron family Ethernet Chassis BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

BigIron RX-4 (BI-RX-4-AC) Ethernet Chassis, 4 interface slots BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

BigIron RX-8 (BI-RX-8-AC) Ethernet Chassis, 8 interface slots BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

BigIron RX-16 (BI-RX-16-AC-A) Ethernet Chassis, 16 interface slots BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

Brocade 6910 Ethernet Access Switch Ethernet Access Switch release 2.0.2.7, loader version 1.0.1.3

FastIron family Ethernet switch See individual device.

FastIron CX 624S (FCX624S) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 648S (FCX648S) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 624S-HPOE (FCX624S-HPOE) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports, 24 POE+ ports

FastIron CX 648S-HPOE (FCX648S-HPOE) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports, 48 POE+ ports

FastIron CX 624S-F (FCX624S-F) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 20 SFP ports FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron CX 624-E (FCX624-E) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 624-I (FCX624-I) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 648-E (FCX648-E) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 648-I (FCX648-I) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports

ICX 6610 Stackable switch family Campus LAN Edge stackable switch FastIron 07.0.3 and later

ICX 6610-24 Stackable switch 24 RJ-45 ports Campus LAN Edge

stackable switch

ICX 6610-48 Stackable switch 48 RJ-45 ports Campus LAN Edge

stackable switch

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxiii
53-1003155-01

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

ICX 6610-24F Stackable switch 24 SFP ports Campus LAN Edge stackable

switch

ICX 6610-24P Stackable switch 24 PoE ports Campus LAN Edge stackable

switch

ICX 6610-48P Stackable switch 48 PoE ports Campus LAN Edge stackable

switch

ICX 6430-24 switch 24-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430-24-HPOE switch 24-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430-48 switch 48-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430-48-HPOE switch 48-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450 stacking switch Campus LAN stacking switch FastIron 8.0 or later

ICX 6450-24 switch 24-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24 Base L3 router 24-port Campus LAN Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24 Base router 24-port Campus LAN Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24 Premium router 24-port Campus LAN Premium router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE switch 24-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE Base L3 router 24-port Campus LAN HPOE Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE Base router 24-port Campus LAN HPOE Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE Premium router 24-port Campus LAN HPOE Premium

router

ICX 6450-48 switch 48-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48 Base L3 router 48-port Campus LAN Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48 Base router 48-port Campus LAN Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48 Premium router 48-port Campus LAN Premium router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE switch 48-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE Base L3 router 48-port Campus LAN HPOE Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE Base router 48-port Campus LAN HPOE Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE Premium router 48-port Campus LAN HPOE Premium

router

ICX 6430 IronStack switch 24-port Campus LAN stackable switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430 IronStack Base L3 router Campus LAN Base L3 stackable router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430 IronStack Base router Campus LAN Base stackable router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430 IronStack Premium router Campus LAN Premium stackable router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450 IronStack switch 48-port Campus LAN stackable switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.4.00 and later

FastIron 07.4.00 and later

Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

lxiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

ICX 7750-26Q switch 26 10/40 GbE QSFP+ ports FastIron 08.0.10 and later

ICX 7750-48F switch 48 1/10 GbE SFP+ ports and six 10/40

GbE QSFP+ ports

ICX 7750-48C switch 48 1/10 GbE RJ-45 ports and six 10/40

GbE QSFP+ ports

FastIron GS Ethernet L2/L3 Access switch

FastIron GS-STK Ethernet L2/L3 Access switch, stackable

FastIron LS Enterprise LAN switch

FastIron LS-STK Enterprise LAN switch, stackable

FastIron SuperX/SX Enterprise LAN chassis FSX 02.4.00 and later

FastIron SX 800 and FastIron SX 1600 Enterprise LAN chassis FSX 02.4.00 and later

FastIron 8-port 10 GbE SFP Blade 8-port 10 GbE SFP Blade

FastIron 24-port Fiber SFP GbE Blade 24-port Fiber SFP GbE Blade

FastIron 24-port GbE Cu Blade 24-port GbE Cu Blade

FastIron 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Blade 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Blade

FastIron Edge Switch X-Series Enterprise LAN Edge switch

FastIron Edge X 424 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 24

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 624 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 24

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 448 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 48

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 648 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 48

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 424HF Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 20 100/1000

Mbps SFP ports

FastIron Edge X 624HF Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 20 100/1000

Mbps SFP ports

FastIron WS devices Enterprise Campus switch

Motorola Controllers RFS4000 series Wireless controller Mobility 5.1

Motorola Controllers RFS6000 series Wireless controller Mobility 5.1

Motorola Controllers RFS7000 series Wireless controller Mobility 5.1

Motorola Access Point 7131 Wireless access point Mobility 4.1.1 (standalone mode)

Motorola Access Point 7131N Wireless access point Mobility 4.1.1 (standalone mode)

Motorola Access Point 5181 Wireless access point Mobility 2.5.X (standalone mode)

Motorola Access Point 6511 Wireless access point Mobility 5.1

NetIron family Ethernet routers NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

FastIron 08.0.10 and later

FastIron 08.0.10 and later

1

Mobility 5.1

Mobility 5.1

Mobility 5.1

(adaptive mode)

1

(adaptive mode)

1

(adaptive mode)

1

(adaptive mode)

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxv
53-1003155-01

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

NetIron MLX
(Supported regardless of license

configuration)

NetIron MLXe
(Supported regardless of license

configuration)

NetIron XMR
(Supported regardless of license

configuration)

NetIron CES 2048CX (NI-CES-2048CX-AC)
(Supported regardless of license
configuration)

NetIron CER
(Supported regardless of license

configuration)

NetIron XMR/MLX 2-Port 100Gbe Module 2-Port 100Gbe Module NetIron 5.7.0

NetIron XMR/MLX 20-port 10GbE Module 20-port 10GbE Module NetIron 5.7.0

ServerIron family Application product

ServerIron ADX 1000 Application switch

ServerIron ADX 1000F Application Fiber switch ADX 12.3.03 or later

ServerIron ADX 4000 4U Application Delivery chassis ADX 12.1.00 or later

ServerIron ADX 10000 10U Application Delivery chassis ADX 12.1.00 or later

TurboIron Family Data Center switch 4.1.00d or 4.2.00 or later

TurboIron 24X (T1-24X-AC) Data Center switch 4.1.00d or 4.2.00 or later

Brocade 6650 Switch Data Center switch FastIron 7.5 and later

Brocade 6650 Base L3 Router Data Center base L3 router FastIron 7.5 and later

Brocade 6650 Router Data Center router FastIron 7.5 and later

Ethernet router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

Ethernet Core router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

Ethernet Backbone router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

Ethernet Carrier router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

Ethernet Edge router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

1 The Management application cannot discover or manage wireless access points running Mobility 5.1.

Network OS hardware and software support

Network Advisor 12.3.0 supports the Network OS 4.1.0 firmware platform. For platform-specific
firmware requirements, if any, refer to Tabl e 3.

Tab le 3 lists the hardware platforms supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.3.0, the

terminology used in the documentation, as well as any specific firmware requirements.

TABLE 3 Network OS-supported hardware

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade VDX 2730 10 Gbps connection blade VDX 2730 10 Gbps connection blade 2.1.1_fuj

Brocade VDX 2740 switch VDX 2740 switch 4.0.0_bbd

Brocade VDX 6710 switch VDX 6710 switch 2.1 or later

lxvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

TABLE 3 Network OS-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade VDX 6720-24 switch VDX 6720-24 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6720-60 switch VDX 6720-60 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6730-32 switch VDX 6730-32 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6730-76 switch VDX 6730-76 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6740 switch VDX 6740 switch 4.0 or later

Brocade VDX 6740T switch VDX 6740T switch 4.0 or later

Brocade VDX 6740T-1G switch VDX 6740T-1G switch 4.1 or later

Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch VDX 8770-4 switch 3.0 or later

Brocade VDX 8770-8 switch VDX 8770-8 switch 3.0 or later

Brocade VDX 8770 with 40G/10G Base-T/100G by line
card

VDX 8770 switch with 40G/10G Base-T/100G by line
card

4.1 or later

What’s new in this document

The following changes have been made since this document was last released:

• Information that was added:

- Dashboard

 Bottlenecked Ports widget
 Bottleneck Graph dialog box
 Dashboard playback
 Dashboard privileges

- Device Configuration

 Saving switch configurations
 Adaptive Backup support
 Switch Configuration File Manager
 Change tracking

- Application Configuration

 Importing OUI and editing product type mapping

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxvii
53-1003155-01

• Information that was changed:

- Menu

 Persistent Enable and Persistent Disable

- SAN Device Property

 Viewing SAN device properties

- Configuration File Manager and Backup

 Configuration File Manager
 Searching the Configuration File Manager
 Change tracking

- Dashboard

 Host Adapter Inventory Widget
 Dashboard overview
 Status widgets
 Performance monitors
 User-defined performance monitors

- Device Configuration

 Restoring a configuration from the repository
 Firmware management
 Switch password management

- Discovery

 Discovering fabrics
 Host Discovery

- Fabric Binding

 Fabric Binding overview

- Fault Management

 Defining filters
 Event action definitions
 Pseudo events
 Event logs

- Flow Vision

- FCIP

 Support for Brocade 7840

- FICON

 Cascaded FICON fabric

- Group Management

 Product group overview

- Host Port Mapping

 Host port mapping overview

- IP Element Manager

 Configure dialog box

- Image Repository for IP Products

lxviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

 Unified image management
 Updating firmware serially
 Serial firmware update and activation for Network OS devices

- Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite

 Enabling MAPS on a device
 MAPS interoperability with other features
 Fabric monitoring category
 MAPS actions
 Viewing MAPS policy data
 Configuring a MAPS policy
 Comparing MAPS policies
 MAPS groups

- Performance Data

 SAN real-time performance data
 IP real-time performance monitoring
 SAN historical performance data

- Policy Monitor

 Policy monitor overview
 Preconfigured policy monitors
 Viewing existing policy monitors
 Adding a policy monitor

- SAN device Configuration

 Port Commissioning

- Server Management Console

 AAA Settings tab

- Technical Support

 Device technical support

- User Account Management

 Users overview
 Copying and pasting user preferences

- User Privileges

 Application privileges and behavior

- View Management

 Product List
 SAN port icon
 SAN product status icons

- Virtual Fabrics

 Configuring Virtual Fabrics

- VLAN Management

 Displaying a list of VLANs

- Wireless Management

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxix
53-1003155-01

 Wireless devices

NOTE

ATTENTION

- Zoning

 Listing zone members

• Information that was deleted:

- Performance dashboard

For further information about new features and documentation updates for this release, refer to
the release notes.

Document conventions

This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this
document.

Text formatting

The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows:

bold text Identifies command names

Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements
Identifies keywords and operands
Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI

italic text Provides emphasis

Identifies variables
Identifies paths and Internet addresses
Identifies document titles

code text Identifies CLI output

Identifies command syntax examples

For readability, command names in the narrative portions of this guide are presented in mixed
lettercase: for example, switchShow. In actual examples, command lettercase is all lowercase.

Notes, cautions, and warnings

The following notices and statements are used in this manual. They are listed below in order of
increasing severity of potential hazards.

A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a
reference to related information.

An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data.

Key terms

For definitions specific to Brocade and Fibre Channel, see the Brocade Glossary.

lxx Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online
dictionary at:

http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary

Notice to the reader

This document may contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations. These
trademarks are the properties of their respective companies and corporations.

These references are made for informational purposes only.

Corporation Referenced trademarks and products

Linus Torvalds Linux

Microsoft Corporation Windows, Windows NT, Internet Explorer

Netscape Communications Corporation Netscape

Red Hat, Inc. Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Maximum RPM, Linux Undercover

Oracle Solaris, Java Plug-in

The Open Group UNIX

VMware, Inc. VMware

Additional information

This section lists additional Brocade and industry-specific documentation that you might find
helpful.

Brocade resources

To get up-to-the-minute information, go to http://my.brocade.com to register at no cost for a user
ID and password.

White papers, online demonstrations, and data sheets are available through the Brocade website
at:

http://www.brocade.com/products-solutions/products/index.page

For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade website:

http://www.brocade.com

Release notes are available on the MyBrocade website and are also bundled with the Fabric OS
firmware.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxxi
53-1003155-01

Other industry resources

'"!&'

FT00X0054E9

For additional resource information, visit the Technical Committee T11 website. This website
provides interface standards for high-performance and mass storage applications for Fibre
Channel, storage management, and other applications:

http://www.t11.org

For information about the Fibre Channel industry, visit the Fibre Channel Industry Association
website:

http://www.fibrechannel.org

Getting technical help

Contact your switch support supplier for hardware, firmware, and software support, including
product repairs and part ordering. To expedite your call, have the following information available:

1. Management Application Serial Number

To obtain the Management application serial number, select Help > License. The License
dialog box displays.

2. General Information

• Switch model

• Switch operating system version

• Error numbers and messages received

• supportSave command output

• Detailed description of the problem, including the switch or fabric behavior immediately

following the problem, and specific questions

• Description of any troubleshooting steps already performed and the results

• Serial console and Telnet session logs

• syslog message logs

3. Switch Serial Number

The switch serial number and corresponding bar code are provided on the serial number label,
as illustrated below:

The serial number label is located as follows:

• Brocade 200E—On the nonport side of the chassis

• Brocade 300, 4100, 4900, 5100, 5300, 7500, 7800, 8000, VA-40FC, and Brocade

Encryption Switch—On the switch ID pull-out tab located inside the chassis on the port side
on the left

lxxii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

• Brocade 5000—On the switch ID pull-out tab located on the bottom of the port side of the

switch

• Brocade 7600—On the bottom of the chassis

• Brocade 48000—Inside the chassis next to the power supply bays

• Brocade DCX and DCX-4S—On the bottom right on the port side of the chassis

4. World Wide Name (WWN)

Use the licenseIdShow command to display the WWN of the chassis.

If you cannot use the licenseIdShow command because the switch is inoperable, you can get
the WWN from the same place as the serial number, except for the Brocade DCX. For the
Brocade DCX, access the numbers on the WWN cards by removing the Brocade logo plate at
the top of the nonport side of the chassis.

Document feedback

Quality is our first concern at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and
completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a
topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to:

[e-mail]

Provide the title and version number of the document and as much detail as possible about your
comment, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxxiii
53-1003155-01

lxxiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Chapter

NOTE

Getting Started

In this chapter

•User interface components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

•Management server and client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

•Accessibility features for the Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

•PostgreSQL database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

•Supported open source software products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

•SAN feature-to-firmware requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

User interface components

The Management application provides easy, centralized management of the network, as well as
quick access to all product configuration applications. Using this application, you can configure,
manage, and monitor your networks with ease.

1

The Management application’s main window contains a number of areas. The following graphic
illustrates the various areas, and descriptions of them are listed below.

Some widgets may be hidden. To display a widget to the Dashboard tab, click the Customize
Dashboard icon (“Customizing the dashboard widgets and monitors” on page 371).

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 1
53-1003155-01

User interface components

1

FIGURE 1 Main window

1. Menu bar — Lists commands you can perform on the Management application. The available
commands vary depending on which tab (SAN, IP, or Dashboard) you select. For a list of
available commands, refer to Appendix A, “Application menus”.

2. Toolbar — Provides buttons that enable quick access to dialog boxes and functions. The
available buttons vary depending on which tab (SAN, IP, or Dashboard) you select. For a list of
available commands, refer to “SAN main toolbar” on page 463,“IP main toolbar” on page 471,
or “Dashboard toolbar” on page 365.

3. Tabs — Provides quick access to the following views:

• Dashboard tab — Provides a high-level overview of the network managed by Management

application server. For more information, refer to “Dashboard Management” on page 363.

• SAN tab — Displays the Master Log, Minimap, Connectivity Map (topology), and Product

List. For more information, refer to the “SAN tab overview” on page 462.

• IP tab — Displays the Master Log, Minimap, Connectivity Map (topology), and Product List.

For more information, refer to the “IP tab overview”.

4. Status bar — Displays the connection, port, product, fabric, special event, Call Home, and
backup status, as well as Server and User data.

2 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

The Management application has two parts: the Server and the Client. The Server is installed on
one machine and stores device-related information; it does not have a user interface. To view
information through a user interface, you must log in to the Server through a Client. The Server and
Clients may reside on the same machine, or on separate machines. If you are running Professional,
the server and the client must be on the same machine.

Logging into a server from the server machine

You must log into a server to monitor your network.

You must have an established user account on the server to log in.

To log into a server, complete the following steps.

1. From the server machine, double-click the desktop icon or open the application from the Start
menu.

The Log In dialog box displays (Figure 2).

Management server and client

1

FIGURE 2 Log In dialog box

2. Remove a server from the Network Address list by selected the IP address and clicking Delete.

3. Choose one of the following optins:

• If you configured authentication to CAC, enter your PIN in the CAC PIN field.

• If you configured authentication to the local database, an external server (RADIUS, LDAP,

or TACACS+), or a switch, complete the following steps.

a. Enter your user name and password.

The defaults are Administrator and password, respectively.

Do not enter Domain\User_Name in the User ID field for LDAP server authentication.

b. Select or clear the Save password check box to choose whether you want the

application to remember your password the next time you log in.
To change your password, refer to “Changing your password” on page 252.

4. Click Login.

5. Click OK on the Login Banner dialog box.

The Management application displays.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 3
53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

1

Launching a remote client

For higher performance, use a 64-bit JRE.

To launch a remote client, complete the following steps.

1. Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the Management application server in the

2. Click Desktop Client.

When you launch the Management application or navigate to a new view, the SAN tab displays
with a gray screen over the Product List and Topology Map while data is loading.

Address bar.

If the web server port number does not use the default (443 if is SSL Enabled; otherwise, the
default is 80), you must enter the web server port number in addition to the IP address. For
example, IP_Address:Port_Number.

The web client login page displays.

The Management application web start page displays.

3. Click the Web Start the Client link.

The Log In dialog box displays.

4. Log into another server by entering the IP address to the other server in the Network Address
field.

The server must be the exact same version, edition, starting port number, and network size as
the client.

5. Remove a server from the Network Address list by selected the IP address and clicking Delete.

6. Choose one of the following options:

• If you configured authentication to CAC, enter your PIN in the CAC PIN field.

• If you configured authentication to the local database, an external server (RADIUS, LDAP,

or TACACS+), or a switch, complete the following steps.

a. Enter your user name and password.

The defaults are Administrator and password, respectively.

Do not enter Domain\User_Name in the User ID field for LDAP server authentication.

b. Select or clear the Save password check box to choose whether you want the

application to remember your password the next time you log in.
To change your password, refer to “Changing your password” on page 252.

7. C l ic k Login.

8. Click OK on the Login Banner dialog box.

4 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

The Management application displays.

When you launch the Management application or navigate to a new view, the SAN tab displays
with a gray screen over the Product List and Topology Map while data is loading.

Clearing previous versions of the remote client

The remote client link in the Start menu does not automatically upgrade when you upgrade the
Management application. You must clear the previous version from the Java cache.

To clear the Java cache, complete the following steps.

1. Select Start > Settings > Control Panel > Java.

The Java Control Panel dialog box displays.

2. Click View on the General tab.

The Java Cache Viewer dialog box displays.

3. Right-click the application and select Delete.

1

4. Click Close on the Java Cache Viewer dialog box.

5. Click OK on the Java Control Panel dialog box.

To create a remote client link in the Start menu, refer to “Launching a remote client” on
page 4.

Logging into the web client

You must log into a Management application server to monitor the network. To launch a web client,
complete the following steps.

1. Open a web browser and enter the IP address or host name of the Management application
server in the Address bar.

If the web server port number does not use the default (443 if is SSL Enabled; otherwise, the
default is 80), you must enter the web server port number in addition to the IP address. For
example, IP_Address:Port_Number.

The web client login page displays with the server name and IP address in the upper left. You
can launch the Java client from any page of the web client by clicking Desktop Client. You can
download the client bundle (64-bit OS only), JRE, or MIB files by clicking JRE and MIB files.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 5
53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

1

2. Enter your user name and password.

FIGURE 3 Management application web client log in page

Do not enter Domain\User_Name in the User ID field for LDAP server authentication.

3. Press Enter or click the log in arrow icon.

4. Click OK on the Login Banner.

The Management application web client displays.

If the Administrator disconnects the web client using the Active Sessions dialog box (Server >
Active Sessions), the web client redirects to the login page after three minutes or as soon as
you make a selection.

Launching the Configuration Wizard

You can re-launch the Configuration wizard to change the following configurations:

• FTP server

• Server IP

• Server Ports

• SMI Agent

Changes to these configurations require a server restart.

You can only restart the server using the Server Management Console (Start > Programs >
Management_Application_Name 12.X.X > Server Management Console).

6 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

1. Choose one of the following options:

• On Windows systems, select Start > Programs > Management_Application_Name 12.X.X

> Management_Application_Name Configuration.

• On UNIX systems, execute sh Install_Home/bin/configwizard on the terminal.

2. Click Next on the Welcome screen.

3. Click Yes on the confirmation message.

4. Complete the following steps on the FTP/SCP/SFTP Server screen.

a. Choose one of the following options:

• Select Built-in FTP/SCP/SFTP Server to configure an internal FTP/SCP/SFTP server

and select one of the following options:

- Select Built-in FTP Server to configure an internal FTP server

The internal FTP server uses a default account and port 21. You can configure
your own account from the Options dialog box. For instructions, refer to

“Configuring an internal FTP server” on page 218.

- Select Built-in SCP/SFTP Server to configure an internal SCP/SFTP server

The internal SCP/SFTP server uses a default account and port 22. You can
configure your own account from the Options dialog box. For instructions, refer to

“Configuring an internal SCP or SFTP server” on page 219.

• Select External FTP/SCP/SFTP Server to configure an external FTP server.

You can configure the external FTP server settings from the Options dialog box. For
instructions, refer to “Configuring an external FTP, SCP, or SFTP server” on page 220.

1

b. Click Next.

If port 21 or 22 is busy, a message displays. Click OK to close the message and continue. Once
the Management application is configured make sure port 21 or 2221 is free and restart the
Server to start the FTP/SCP/SFTP service.

If you use an FTP/SCP/SFTP Server which is not configured on the same machine as the
Management application, the Firmware Repository feature will not be available.

5. Complete the following steps on the Server IP Configuration screen.

If the Management server or client has multiple Network Interface Cards and if any of these
interfaces are not plugged in, you must disable them; otherwise, the following features do not
work properly:

Server impact

• Configuration wizard (does not display all IP addresses)

• Trap and Syslog auto registration

• Report content (Ipconfiguration element does not display all server IP addresses)

• Network OS configuration backup through FTP

• Tra ce dum p through F TP

Client impact

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 7
53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

1

• Options dialog box (does not display all IP addresses)

• Firmware import and download dialog box

• Firmware import for Fabric OS and Network OS products

• FTP button in Technical Support Repository dialog box

• Technical supportSave of Fabric OS, Network OS, and Host products through FTP

a. Select an address from the Server IP Configuration list.

b. Select an address from the Switch - Server IP Configuration Preferred Address list.

If the “hostname” contains invalid characters, the host name does not display in the list.
Valid characters include alphanumeric and dash (-) characters. The IP address is selected
by default. If an IPv6 address is selected, server start up will fail.

If DNS is not configured for your network, do not select the ‘hostname’ option from either
the Server IP Configuration or Switch - Server IP Configuration Preferred Address list.
Selecting the ‘hostname’ option prevents clients and devices from communicating with
the Server.

If you select a specific IP address from the Server IP Configuration screen and the selected
IP address changes, you will not be able to connect to the server. To change the IP
address, refer to “Configuring an explicit server IP address” on page 201.

c. Click Next.

6. Complete the following steps on the Server Configuration screen.

Do not use port 2638 for any of these port numbers. Port 2638 is used internally by the server.

FIGURE 4 Server Configuration screen

a. Enter a port number in the Web Server Port # (HTTPS) field (default is 443).

b. Enable HTTP redirection to HTTPS by selecting the Redirect HTTP Requests to HTTPS

check box.

When you enable HTTP redirection, the server uses port 80 to redirect HTTP requests to
HTTPS. You can configure the server port settings from the Options dialog box (Server Port
pane). For instructions, refer to “Configuring the server port” on page 222.

c. Enter a port number in the Database Port # field (default is 5432).

8 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

d. Enter a port number in the Starting Port Number field (default is 24600).

For Professional software, the server requires 15 consecutive free ports beginning with
the starting port number.

For Trial and Licensed software, the server requires 18 consecutive free ports beginning
with the starting port number.

e. Enter a port number in the Syslog Port Number field (default is 514).

If the default syslog port number is already in use, you will not receive any syslog
messages from the device. To find and stop the process currently running on the default
Syslog port number, refer to the Installation and Migration Guide.

f. Enter a port number in the SNMP Port Number field (default is 162).

g. Click Next.

If you enter a syslog port number already in use, a message displays. Click No on the
message to remain on the Server Configuration screen and edit the syslog port number
(return to step 6a). Click Yes to close the message and continue with step 7.

1

If you enter a port number already in use, a Warning displays next to the associated port
number field. Edit that port number and click Next.

7. Complete the following steps on the SMI Agent Configuration screen.

a. Enable the SMI Agent by selecting the Enable SMI Agent check box.

b. Enable the SLP by selecting the Enable SLP check box.

c. Enable the SSL by selecting the Enable SSL check box.

d. Enter the SMI Agent port number in the SMI Agent Port # field (default is 5989 if SSL is

enabled; otherwise, default is 5988).

e. Click Next.

8. Verify your configuration information on the Server Configuration Summary screen and click
Next.

9. Complete the following steps on the Start Server screen:

a. Select the Start SMI Agent check box, if necessary.

b. Select the Start SLP check box, if necessary.

c. Select the Start Client check box, if necessary.

d. Click Finish.

After all of the services (Server, SLP, SMI Agent, and Client) are started, the Log In dialog
box displays.

10. Click Yes on the restart server confirmation message.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 9
53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

1

11. Choose one of the following options:

12. Click Login.

13. Click OK on the Login Banner.

Viewing active sessions

• If you configured authentication to CAC, enter your PIN in the CAC PIN field.

• If you configured authentication to the local database, an external server (RADIUS, LDAP,

or TACACS+) or a switch, enter your user name and password.

The defaults are Administrator and password, respectively.

Do not enter Domain\User_Name in the User ID field for LDAP server authentication.

When you launch the Management application or navigate to a new view, the SAN tab displays
with a gray screen over the Product List and Topology Map while data is loading.

To view the Management application active sessions, complete the following steps.

1. Select Server > Active Sessions.

The Active Sessions dialog box displays (Figure 5).

FIGURE 5 Active Sessions dialog box

2. Review the active session information.

The following information displays:

• ID — Displays the name of the user (for example, Administrator).

• Full Name — Displays the full name of the user.

• Description — Displays the description of the user (for example, Operator).

• Network Address — Displays the network address of the user.

• Client Type — Displays the type of Management application client.

• Connected — Displays the date and time the user connected to the server.

3. Click Close.

10 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management server and client

Disconnecting users

To disconnect a user, complete the following steps.

1. Select Server > Active Sessions.

The Active Sessions dialog box displays.

2. Select the user you want to disconnect and click Disconnect.

3. Click Yes on the confirmation message.

The user you disconnected receives the following message:

The Client has been disconnected by User_Name from IP_Address at
Disconnected_Date_and_Time.

4. Click Close.

When you disconnect a client using the Active Sessions dialog box, the following event displays
in the Master Log: Disconnect Client User_Name @ IP_Address.

Viewing server properties

1

To view the Management application server properties, complete the following steps.

1. Select Server > Server Properties.

The Server Properties dialog box displays.

FIGURE 6 Server Properties dialog box

2. Review the information.

TABLE 4 Server Properties

Field/Component Description

Free Memory The amount of free memory on the server.

IP Address The IP address in IPv4 or IPv6 format.

Java VM Name The Java Virtual Machine name.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 11
53-1003155-01

Management server and client

1

TABLE 4 Server Properties

Field/Component Description

Java VM Vendor The Java Virtual Machine vendor.

Java VM Version The Java Virtual Machine version running on the server.

Server Name The server’s name.

OS Architecture The operating system architecture on the server.

OS Name The name of the operating system running on the server.

OS Version The operating system version running on the server.

Region The server’s geographical region.

Started At The time the server was started.

Time Zone The server’s time zone.

Tot al Me mory The total amount of memory on the server.

Tra p Lis ten ing P ort The number of the UDP port that listens for SNMP traps.

Win32 Service Specifies whether the Win32 service is available on the server. On Unix servers,

displays as ‘No’.

3. Click Close to close the Server Properties dialog box.

Viewing port status

The Port Status dialog box enables you to determine the availability of ports required for key
Management application features. You can view the port status for the following ports:

• CIM Indication for Event Handling — Port 24618

• CIM Indication for HCM Proxy — Port 24619

• FTP — Port 21

• SCP/SFTP — Port 22

• sFlow — Port 6343

• SNMP Trap — Port 162

• Syslog — Port 514

• TFTP — Port 69

• Web Server (HTTP) — Port 80

• Web Server (HTTPS) — Port 443

To view the port status, complete the following steps.

1. Click the port status icon ( ).

The Port Status dialog box displays.

12 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management server and client

NOTE

FIGURE 7 Port Status dialog box

2. Review the port status details:

• Name — The Port name. Options include CIM Indication for Event Handling, CIM Indication

for HCM Proxy, FTP, SCP/SFTP, sFlow, SNMP Trap, Syslog, TFTP, Web Server (HTTP), and
Web Server (HTTPS).

• Port # — The required port number.

• Status — The status of the port. The status options are as follows:

 Success — The port is listening or bound to the server.
 Failed — The port fails to listen or bind to the server. It is occuppied by another

process.

 Paritally Failed — The port is used by the server as well as other applications.
 Disabled (external FTP port only) — This is considered a normal status.

• Running Process – The name of the process using the port (not the Management

applciation). Blank when the port is only used by the Management applciation server. If
multiple processes occupy the same port, the process names display in a
comma-separated list.

• Recommended Actions — Suggested action to take to resolve the issues.

1

3. Click Close.

Server and client ports

In some cases, a network may utilize virtual private network (VPN) or firewall technology, which can
prohibit communication between Products and the Servers or Clients. In other words, a Server or
Client can find a Product, appear to log in, but is immediately logged out because the Product
cannot reach the Server or Client. To resolve this issue, check to determine if the ports in the table
below need to be opened up in the firewall.

Professional edition does not support remote clients.

Tab le 5 lists the default port numbers and whether or not it needs to be opened up in the firewall

and includes the following information:

• Port Number — The port at the destination end of the communication path.

• Ports — The name of the port.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 13
53-1003155-01

Management server and client

1

• Transport — The transport type (TCP or UDP).

• Description — A brief description of the port.

• Communication Path — The “source” to “destination” vaules. Client and Server refer to the

Management application client and server unless stated otherwise. Product refers to the
Fabric OS, Network OS, or IronWare devices.

• Open in Firewall — Whether the port needs to be open in the firewall.

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

1

20

1

21

2

22

23 Telnet TCP Telnet port from server/client

2

25

2

49

69 TFTP UDP File upload/download to

2

80

1

80

2

161

2

162

2

389

FTP Port (Control) TCP FTP Control port for internal

FTP server

FTP Port (Data) TCP FTP Data port for internal

FTP server

SSH or SCP or SFTP TCP Secure telnet and secure

upload and download to
product

to product

SMTP Server port TCP SMTP Server port for e-mail

communication if you use
e-mail notifications without SSL

TACACS+ Authentication port TCP TACACS+ server port for

authentication if you use
TACACS+ as an external
authentication

product

Management application HTTP server TCP Non-SSL HTTP/1.1 connector

port if you use secure
client-server communication.
You need this port for HTTP
redirection

Product HTTP server TCP Product non-SSL http port for

http and CAL communication if
you do not use secure
communication to the product

Product non-SSL http port for
http and CAL communication if
you do not use secure
communication to the product
and you do not use the
Management application
server proxy

SNMP port UDP Default SNMP port Server–Product Yes

SNMP Trap port UDP Default SNMP trap port Product-Server Yes

LDAP Authentication Server Port UDP

TCP

LDAP server port for
authentication if you use LDAP
as an external authentication

Client–Server
Product–Server

Client–Server
Product–Server

Server–Product
Client –Product
Product – Server

Server–Product
Client–Product

Server–SMTP
Server

Server–TACACS+
Server

Product-Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Server–Product Yes

Client–Product Yes

Server–LDAP
Server

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

14 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Management server and client

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements (Continued)

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

1,2

443

HTTPS server TCP HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server

port if you use secure client ­server communication

2

443

HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server
port if you use secure
communication to the product

443 HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server

port if you use secure
communication to the product
and you do not use the
Management application
server proxy

2

443

HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server
port if you use vCenter
discovery

2

465

SMTP Server port for SSL TCP SMTP Server port for e-mail

communication if you use
e-mail notifications with SSL

2

514

636

2

Syslog Port UDP Default Syslog Port Product–Server

LDAP Authentication SSL port TCP LDAP server port for

authentication if you use LDAP
as an external authentication
and SSL is enabled

2

1812

RADIUS Authentication Server Port UDP RADIUS server port for

authentication if you use
RADIUS as an external
authentication

2

1813

RADIUS Accounting Server Port UDP RADIUS server port for

accounting if you use RADIUS
as an external authentication

5432 Database port TCP Port used by database if you

access the database remotely
from a third-party application

5988 SMI Server port TCP SMI server port on the

Management application and
the CIM/SMI port on HBAs if
you use SMI Agent without SSL

1,2

5989

SMI Server port with SSL enabled TCP SMI Agent port on the

Management application and
the CIM/SMI port on HBAs if
you use SMI Agent with SSL

Client-Server Yes

Server–Product Yes

Client–Product Yes

Server-vCenter

Yes

Server

Server-SMTP

Yes

Server

Yes

Managed Host ­Server

Server–LDAP

Yes

Server

Server–RADIUS

Yes

Server

Server–RADIUS

Yes

Server

Remote ODBC–

Yes

Database

SMI Client- Server Yes

Server-Managed

Yes

Host

SMI Agent Server–

Yes

Client

Server-Managed

Yes

Host

1

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 15
53-1003155-01

Management server and client

1

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements (Continued)

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

6343

24600

24601

24602

24603

24604

24605

24606

24607

24608

24609

24610

24611

24612

24613

24614

24615

24616

24617

2

sFlow UDP Receives sFlow data from

products if you are monitoring
with sFlow

1,2

JNP (Java Naming Protocol) port TCP Use for service location. Uses

SSL for privacy.

1,2

EJB (Enterprise Java Bean) connection
port

1,2

HornetQ Netty port TCP Use for JMS (Java Message

TCP Client requests to server. Uses

SSL for privacy.

Service), async messages from
server to client.

Uses SSL for privacy.

1,2

JMX RMI port TCP Use for JMS control. Uses SSL

for privacy.

1,2

RMI naming service port TCP Client–Server Yes

1,2

RMI/JRMP invoker port TCP Client–Server Yes

1,2

Event Handling CIM Indication listener

TCP Used for HBA management Managed Host -

port

1,2

HCM Proxy CIM Indication Listener port TCP Used for HBA management Managed Host -

2

Reserved for future use TCP Not used Client - Server No

2

Reserved for future use TCP Not used Client - Server No

2

Reserved for future use TCP Not used Client - Server No

2

JBoss Transaction Services Recovery

TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

Manager port

2

JBoss Transaction Status Manager port TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

2

JBoss Pooled invoker port TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

2

JBoss Socket invoker port TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

2

JBoss RMI dynamic class loading port TCP Web service port, not used

remotely

2

Apache JServ port TCP Proxys web server requests, not

used remotely

2

Remote Management application

TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

connector access port

Product-Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Yes

Server

Yes

Server

Server Yes

Server Yes

16 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Accessibility features for the Management application

NOTE

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements (Continued)

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

1

34568 HCM Agent discovery port TCP Used for HBA management via

JSON

1

55556

1. Port does not need to be open in the firewall for Professional edtion.

2. The default port number. You must use the same port number for all products or hosts managed by the Management server. This port is
configurable in the Management server; however, some products and firmware versions do not allow you to configure a port.

Launch in Context (LIC) client hand
shaking port

TCP Client port used to check if a

Management application client
opened using LIC is running on
the same host

NOTE: If this port is in use, the

application uses the
next available port.

Server - Managed
Host

Client No

Yes

Accessibility features for the Management application

Accessibility features help users who have a disability, such as restricted mobility or limited vision,
to use information technology products successfully.

The following list includes the major accessibility features in the Management application:

• Keyboard shortcuts

• Look and Feel

Keyboard shortcuts

You can use the keystrokes shown in the table below to perform common functions.

To open a menu using keystrokes, press ALT plus the underlined letter. To open a submenu, open
the menu, then press the key for the underlined letter (SHIFT plus letter for capitals) of the submenu
option.

TABLE 6 Keyboard shortcuts

Menu Item or Function Keyboard Shortcut

All Panels F12

Collapse CTRL + L

Command Tool SHIFT + F4

Connectivity Map F7

Copy CTRL + C

Cut CTRL + X

Delete Delete

Delete All CTRL +Delete

Help F1

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 17
53-1003155-01

Accessibility features for the Management application

NOTE

1

TABLE 6 Keyboard shortcuts

Menu Item or Function Keyboard Shortcut

Internet Explorer SHIFT + F2

Master Log F5

FireFox SHIFT + F1

Paste CTRL + V

Product List F9

Properties Alt-Enter

Select All CTRL + A

Show Ports F4

SSH Shift-F5

View Utilization CTRL + U

Zoom In CTRL + NumPad+

Zoom Out CTRL + NumPad-

Look and feel customization

You can configure the Management application to mimic your system settings as well as define the
size of the font.

‘Look’ refers to the appearance of graphical user interface widgets and ‘feel’ refers to the way the
widgets behave.

The Management application currently uses the ‘Management_Application Default Look and Feel’
for some of the components (for example, Layout, Minimap, and so on) and the “Java Metal Look
and Feel” for others.

Setting the look and feel

Setting the look and feel is only supported on Windows systems.

The following table details the Management application components that change when you set the
look and feel as well as those components that do not change.

TABLE 7 Look and feel changes

Components Affected Components Not Affected

All Java native components with Metal Look And
Feel are affected.

The Menu bar, Tool bar, Status bar, as well as all
tables and dialog boxes are affected.

Layout is affected only when it is empty. The Minimap is not affected.

The Connectivity map does not change when devices
are present. You must change the theme using the map
display settings (View > Map Display).

All icons and images are not affected.

1. Select Server > Options.

The Options dialog box displays.

18 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Accessibility features for the Management application

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

2. Select Look and Feel in the Category list.

3. Choose from one of the following options:

• Select Default to configure the look and feel back to the Management application defaults.

• Select System to configure the Management application to have the look and feel of your

system.

This changes the look and feel for the components that use ‘Java Metal Look and Feel’.
For example, if you have your system display color scheme set to ‘High Contrast #1’, then
the Management application will be set to ‘High Contrast #1’. Font size of the components
is not affected by theme changes.

4. Click Apply or OK to save your work.

5. Click OK on the message.

Changes do not take affect until after you restart the client.

Changing the font size

The Options dialog box enables you to change the font size for all components including the
Connectivity map of the Management application interface.

1

Font size changes proportionately in relation to the system resolution. For example, if the system
resolution is 1024 x 768, the default font size would be 8 and large font size would be 10.

1. Select Server > Options.

The Options dialog box displays.

2. Select Look and Feel in the Category list.

3. Select one of the following options from the Font Size list:

• Select Default to return to the default font size.

• Select Small to change the font to a smaller font size.

• Select Large to change the font to a larger font size.

Changing the font size to Large may cause the interface components (for example, text
and button labels) to display incorrectly.

4. Click Apply or OK to save your work.

5. Click OK on the message.

Changes do not take affect until after you restart the client.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 19
53-1003155-01

Product improvement

1

Product improvement

To improve its products, Brocade is collecting usage statistics from the field. If you agree to
participate in the program, the Network Advisor server will transmit data back to the secure
Brocade web server (HTTPS). The Brocade web server is hosted in a Brocade network.

Brocade collects the following usage data:

• Installation details

- The version information (such as Major, Minor, Revision, a nd Patch)

- The Edition (such as Enterprise, Professional Plus, or Professional)

- The Package (such as SAN, IP, or SAN + IP)

- Whether SSL is enabled or not

- Generates a unique identifier based on the MAC address

- The operating system (such as Windows or Linux)

• User actions

- Top level menu ac tions

- Tool bar actions

- Right-click menu actions

• Feature details

- Feature name

- Button identifier (such as OK, Help, or Cancel, and so on)

Enabling product improvement data transfer

To enable feature usage data transfer from the application, complete the following steps.

1. Select Server > Options.

The Options dialog box displays.

2. Select Product Improvement in the Category list.

3. Select the Yes, I want to participate option.

To view an example of the usage data, click View Example Data.

4. Click OK to save your selection and close the Options dialog box.

20 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Product improvement

NOTE

1

Disabling product improvement data transfer

You can disable feature usage data transfer from the Options dialog box once your system is up
and running.

To disable feature usage data transfer from the application, complete the following steps.

1. Select Server > Options.

The Options dialog box displays.

2. Select Product Improvement in the Category list.

3. Select the No, thank you option.

4. Click OK to save your selection and close the Options dialog box.

Data transfer

If you agree to participate in the program, these are the actions that occur on the client and server.

1. You log in to the Network Advisor client.

The main window displays.

2. The application automatically schedules a timer.

The timer is configured with an initial delay of 5 minutes and an interval of 24 hours.

3. Once scheduled, the client triggers the scheduled data transfer.

4. The client checks the reachability of the Brocade web server for the data transfer to make sure
that the client workstation has HTTP connectivity.

If the Brocade web server is reachable, the client schedules the timer.

5. The client triggers the schedule to run in 5 minutes and then every 24 hours thereafter.

6. When the scheduled timer runs, the client requests the server to transfer the usage data.

7. The server determines the availability of the data based on the following details:

• Last transfer timestamp must be greater than 24 hours to avoid frequent data uploads.

• Data must be available for transfer. Data availability is determined by the difference

between the last data transfer and the current data.

8. The client requests a data transfer.

If data is available, the server nominates the client to transfer data. Once nominated, any
further upload requests are denied.

If the nominated client’s session is ended or stuck, the session is invalidated and the state is
cleared.

9. The nominated client requests the server to prepare the data.

10. The server compiles the usage data text file into a .zip file using the following naming
convention: UUID_usagedata_file_creataion_timestamp, where UUID is the unique
identification of the server based on the MAC address.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 21
53-1003155-01

PostgreSQL database

1

11. When the file is successfully created, the client changes the state of the data transfer to
“Uploading” and transmits the data.

The client transmits the data securely to the Brocade web server using the Apache HTTP
Components third-party library. The client communicates with the Brocade web server using an
authorization token.

12. When the transfer is complete, the client updates the Brocade web server database with the
transfer status (success or failure). The client also triggers an application event with the
following details: success or failure, source client IP address, and source user name.

PostgreSQL database

You can connect to the database using one of the following options:

• pgAdmin III

• ODBC client

• Command line interface

Connecting to the database using pgAdmin III

To access the PostgreSQL database, complete the following steps.

1. Choose one of the following options:

• On Windows systems, launch the dbadmin.bat script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

• On UNIX systems, launch the dbadmin script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

2. Selecting File > Add Server.

The New Server Registration dialog box displays.

3. Enter the DB_server_IP_address or “localhost” in the Host field.

4. Enter the port number (default is 5432) on which the PostgreSQL server is running in the Port
field.

5. Enter your username (default is dcmuser) in the Username field.

6. Enter your password (password) in the Password field.

7. C l ic k OK on the New Server Registration dialog box.

The pgAdmin III application displays.

8. To browse data in the database, complete the following steps.

a. Expand the Tabl es tree in the Object browser pane.

b. Right-click a table in the list and select View Data > View All Rows.

9. To execute a freestyle SQL query in the database, complete the following steps.

a. Expand the Tabl es tree in the Object browser pane.

b. Right-click a table in the list and select Scripts > SELECT script.

The Query dialog box displays.

10. Select File > Exit to close the pgAdmin III application.

22 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

PostgreSQL database

NOTE

1

Connecting to the database using the ODBC client (Windows systems)

The Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) driver enables you to configure the data source name
(DSN) for the database.

To install the ODBC driver and create a new data source, complete the following steps.

1. Double-click edb_psqlodbc.exe located on the DVD
(DVD_Drive/Management_Application/odbc/Windows).

2. Install the file to the usual location for your system’s application files (for example, C:\Program
Files\Management_Application ODBC Driver) on the Select Install Folder screen and click
Next.

If you select an invalid location, the ODBC driver is installed in a different location than where
the ODBC executable drivers are located.

3. On the Ready to Install screen click Next.

4. Click Finish to complete the installation.

5. Choose one of the following opitions:

• (32-bit OS) Select Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Data Sources

(ODBC).

• (62-bit OS) (Windows only) Select Start > Run, type %windir%\SysWOW64\odbcad32.exe

and press Enter.

The ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box displays.

6. Click the System DSN tab.

7. C l ic k Add.

The Create a New Data Source dialog box displays.

8. Select PostgreSQL Unicode.

9. Click Finish.

The PostgreSQL Unicode ODBC Driver (psqlODBC) Setup dialog box displays.

10. Enter a name for the data source in the Datasource field.

11. Enter the description of the database in the Description field.

12. Enter the name of the database in the Database field.

13. Select enable or disable from the SSL Mode list to specify whether or not to use SSL when
connecting to the database.

14. Enter the IP address or host name of the Management application server in the Server field.

15. Enter the database server port number (default is 5432) in the Port Number field.

16. Enter the database user name in the User Name field.

17. Enter the password in the Password field.

18. Click Te st to test the connection.

19. Click OK on the Connection Test dialog box.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 23
53-1003155-01

PostgreSQL database

NOTE

NOTE

1

20. Click Save.

21. Click OK on the ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box.

22. To export data, select Data > Import External Data > New Database Query and complete the
steps in the Data Connection Wizard.

Connecting to the database using the ODBC client (Linux systems)

The ODBC driver is not supported on 64-bit Linux systems.

You must have the Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) driver to allow remote clients to export data
and generate reports. The ODBC driver enables you to configure the data source name (DSN) for
the Network Advisor database.

Before you install the Linux ODBC driver, download the ODBC RedHat Package Manager (RPM) file
based on the Linux version.

TABLE 8 ODBC RedHat Package Manager (RPM) file requirements

Linux version RedHat Package Manager file

SUSE Rpm –I unixODBC-2.2.12-197.17.i586.rpm

RedHat or Oracle Enterprise Rpm –i unixODBC-2.2.11-1.i386.rpm

Installing the ODBC driver on Linux systems

To install the ODBC driver and , complete the following steps.

1. Execute the following command in the terminal:

> su
>chmod 777 edb_psqlodbc.bin
> ./edb_psqlodbc.bin

2. On the Setup psqlODBC screen click Next.

3. Install the file to the usual location for your system’s application files (for example,
/opt/PostgreSQL/psqlODBC) on the Installation Directory screen and click Next.

If you select an invalid location, the ODBC driver is installed in a different location than where
the ODBC executable drivers are located.

4. On the Ready to Install screen click Next.

5. On the Completing the psqlODBC Setup Wizard screen click Finish to complete the installation.

24 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

PostgreSQL database

NOTE

1

Adding the Datasourse on Linux systems

Before you edit the INI files, make sure the PostgreSQL database is up and running.

For RedHat and Oracle Enterprise systems, the odbc.ini and odbcinst.ini files are located in /etc. For
SUSE systems, the odbc.ini and odbcinst.ini files are located in /etc/unixODBC.

1. Open the odbc.ini file in an editor and enter the datasource information as follows:

[TestDB]
Description = PostgreSQL 8.4
Driver = /opt/PostgreSQL/psqlODBC/lib/psqlodbcw.so
Database = dcmdb
Servername = 172.26.1.54
UserName = dcmadmin
Password = passw0rd
Port = 5432

2. Save and close the odbc.ini file.

3. Open the odbcinst.ini file in a text editor and make sure that the driver path information is
correct.

After you install the PostgreSQL ODBC driver, the odbcinst.ini should automatically update the
driver path. If the direver path is not updated, add the following:

[psqlODBC]
Description=PostgreSQL ODBC driver
Driver=/opt/PostgreSQL/psqlODBC/lib/psqlodbcw.so

4. Save and close the odbcinst.ini file.

Testing the connection on Linux systems

To test the connection, complete the following steps.

1. Download and install Open Office.

2. Select File > New > Database.

The Database Wizard displays.

3. On the Select database screen, complete the following steps.

a. Select the Connect to an existing database option.

b. Select ODBC from the list.

c. Click Next.

4. On the Set up ODBC connection screen, complete the following steps.

a. Click Browse.

The datasource saved in the odbc.ini file is populated in the Datasource dialog box.

b. Select the datasource and click OK on the Datasource dialog box.

c. Click Next.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 25
53-1003155-01

PostgreSQL database

1

5. On the Set up user authentication screen, complete the following steps.

a. Enter the database user name in the User name field.

b. Select the Password required check box.

c. Click Test Connection to test the connection.

The Authentication Password dialog box displays.

d. Enter the database password in the Password field and click OK.

e. Click OK on the Connection Test dialog box.

If an error message (file not found while testing the connection) displays, copy the lib files
from the <postgresSQL path>/lib/* directory to the /usr/lib/ directory.

f. Click Next.

6. On the Save and proceed screen, click Finish.

Executing SQL queries from the CLI

To execute SQL queries from the command line interface (CLI) , complete the following steps.

1. Choose one of the following options:

• On Windows systems, launch the dbsql.bat script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

• On UNIX systems, launch the dbsql script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

2. Execute your query from the command window.

3. Close the command window.

Changing the database user password

To change the read/write or read only database password, complete the following steps in the
Install_Home/bin directory.

1. Open a command window.

2. Type dbpassword

Where

User_Name is your user name, Password is your current password, and New_Password

and

Confirm_Password are your new password. The read/write user name and password

defaults are dcmadmin and passw0rd (zero), respectively. The read only user name and
password defaults are dcmuser and password (all lowercase), respectively.

If the password changed successfully, the following message displays:
Password changed successfully.

If an error occurs and the password did not change, the following message displays:
Error while updating password. Please try again.
Press any key to continue.

User_Name Password New_Password Confirm_Password and press Enter.

If the current password and new password are the same, the following message displays:
Old and New passwords cannot be same. Use different password and try again.
Press any key to continue.

26 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Supported open source software products

NOTE

If the new password and confirm password do not match, the following message displays:
New password and confirm password do not match. Please try again.
Press any key to continue.

3. Launch the Server Management Console.

4. Click the Services tab.

5. Click Stop to stop all services.

6. Click Close to close the Server Management Console.

7. Launch the Server Management Console.

8. Click Start to start all services.

If the server is configured to use an external FTP server, the Server Management Console does
not attempt to start the built-in FTP service.

9. Click Close to close the Server Management Console.

1

Supported open source software products

Tab le 9 lists the open source software third-party software products used in this release.

TABLE 9 Open source software third-party software products

Open Source Software License Type

7-ZipLZMASDK 4.65 public domain

Abator 1.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheAnt 1.7.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsBeanUtils 1.8.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsCodec 1.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsCollections 3.2.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsCompress 1.0 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsConfiguration 1.6 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsDBCP 1.2.2 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsDigester 2.0 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsDiscovery 0.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsFileUpload 1.2.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsHTTPClient 3.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsIO 1.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsJXPath 1.3 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsLang 2.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsLogging 0.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsMath 2.0 Apache License v2.0

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 27
53-1003155-01

Supported open source software products

1

TABLE 9 Open source software third-party software products

Open Source Software License Type

ApacheCommonsNet 2.0 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsPool 1.5.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsValidator 1.3.1 Apache License v2.0

Apache Extras Companion for Apache log4j 1.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheFTPServer 1.0.3 Apache License v2.0

Apache Log4j 1.2.16 Apache License v2.0

ASM 3.2 Custom License

Axis 1.4 Apache License v2.0

AXL Radius Client API 3.29 AXL Radius Client License

BeanScriptingFramework 2.4.0 Apache License v2.0

BeanShell 2.0b4 Sun Public License / Gnu Lesser Public License

BouncyCastleCryptoProvider 1.45 Bouncy Castle License

CastorBindingFramework 0.9.9.1 Apache License v2.0

Conf M 1.9.3 Java-based software library

DNSJava 2.0.7 BeanShell Software License

dom4j 1.6.1 dom4j License

EnterpriseDTFTP 1.5.6 LGPL

GlazedLists 1.8.0 LGPL or MPL

GoogleGuice 1.0 Apache

HPInsightSoftwareVCEMWebClientSDK 6.2 HP SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT KIT LICENSE

HornetQ 2.0.0 Apache License v2.0

iBATISDAOFramework 2.2.0 Apache

iBatisforJava 2.3.4 Apache License v2.0

Infinispan 4.0.0 FINAL LGPL v2.1

InstallAnywhere 2010 Commercial

Ireasoning SNMP API 4.0 IREASONING

iTextJavaPDFLibrary 2.1.7 Affero General Public License

JasperReports 3.6.1 GNU Lesser General Public License version 3

JavaCIFSClientLibrary 1.3.12 LGPL v2.1

JavaServiceWrapper 3.5.21 Custom License

JavaTar2.5andTarTool1.4 public domain

JaxenXpathLibrary 1.1.1 Jaxen License

JbcParser 3.7 Math Parser License

JBossApplicationServer 7.2.0 GA LGPL

JBossWeb 2.1.9 GNU Lesser General Public License version 3

AGREEMENT

28 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01

Supported open source software products

TABLE 9 Open source software third-party software products

Open Source Software License Type

JCalendar 1.3.3 LGPL v2.1

JCommon 1.0.16 LGPL v2.1

JDOM 1.1.1 Apache Style

JFreeChart 1.0.13 LGPL v2.1

JGoodiesForms 1.2.1 BSD

JGoodiesLooks 2.2.2 BSD

JGraph 5.13.0.1 BSD Style

JIDE 2.10.1 JIDE Software License

Jmesa 2.4.5 Apache

JSON-RPCJava 1.0.1 Apache License v2.0

KajabityTools 0.1 Apache License v2.0

L2Fprod.comCommonComponents 7.3 Apache License v2.0

MaverickJavaSSHAPI 1.4.25 SSH Tools License

MimeTypeDetectionUtility 2.1.2 Apache License v2.0

MyBatisPersistenceFrameworkandSchhemaMigrationsf
orJava 3.0.2 GA

OpenSAML 2.3.0 Apache License v2.0

OpenSSLforLinux 1.0.0a OpenSSL License

PostgreSQL 9.2.1 PostgreSQL License

QualityFirstLibrary 0.99.0 Mozilla License V1.1 and qflib License

Quartz Enterprise Job Scheduler 1.66 Apache License v2.0

RockSawRawSocketLibrary 1.0.0 Apache License v2.0

SafeNet Sentinel Caffe 1.6.1 SafeNet License

SafeNet Sentinel RMS SDK 8.2.2 SafeNet License

Sblim-cim-client 1.3.9.3 HCM Sblim CIM Client

SimpleLoggingFacadeforJava 1.5.8 SLF4J License

JavaRuntimeEnvironment 1.6.0_31 Commercial

TableLayout 2009-06-10 Custom License

VIJavaAPI 2.1 BSD License

WBEM Solutions J WBEM Server 3.4.4 Commercial

WebNMSSNMPAPI 4.0.6 WebNMS License

XML RPC 1.2-B1 Open Source

YourKitJavaProfiler 9.5.1 YourKit License

Apache License v2.0

1

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 29
53-1003155-01

SAN feature-to-firmware requirements

1

SAN feature-to-firmware requirements

Use the following table to determine whether the Management application SAN features are only
available with a specific version of the Fabric OS firmware as well as if there are specific licensing
requirements.

TABLE 10 SAN feature to firmware requirements

Feature Fabric OS

Access Gateway (AG) AG connected to Fabric OS devices requires firmware 5.2 or later.

Call Home (Trial and Licensed version Only) Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later for supportSave.

Requires Fabric Watch license for SNMP traps.

Configuration Management Requires Fabric OS 5.3 or later

Discovery Requires Fabric OS 5.0 or later for the seed switch in a pure Fabric OS fabric.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later for the seed switch in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.

Encryption (Trial and Licensed version Only) Requires Fabric OS 6.1.1_enc or 6.2 or later.

Enhanced Group Management (Trial and
Licensed version Only)

Fault Management Requires Fabric OS 4.4 or later for SNMP traps

Fabric Binding (Trial and Licensed version
Only)

FCIP Management Requires Fabric OS 5.1 or later to modify.

FCoE Management Requires FCoE license on the device.

FICON (Trial and Licensed version Only) Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later for cascaded FICON.

Firmware Management Requires Fabric OS 5.0 or later.

High Integrity Fabric Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later in a pure Fabric OS fabric.

Meta SAN Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later for FC router and router domain ID configuration.

Performance Requires Fabric OS 5.0 or later for FC_ports, -end monitors, and marching ants.

Requires Enhanced Group Management license.

Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later in a pure Fabric OS fabric.
Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.

Requires Fabric OS 5.3 or later for FCIP tunnels.
Requires FCIP license.
Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later to enable the FICON Emulation tab on the FCIP Tunnel

Advanced Settings dialog box.

Requires Fabric OS version v6.1.2_CEE or later.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later for advanced FICON.
Requires Fabric OS 6.1.1 or later to configure multiple Allow/Prohibit matrices.
Requires FICON CUP license to allow CUP management features.

Requires Fabric OS 6.1.1 or later on 8G devices.
Requires Enhanced Group Management license to perform group actions.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.
Requires Integrated Routing license.

Requires Fabric OS 5.3 or later for GE_ports and FCIP tunnels.
Requires Fabric OS 6.2 or later for Top Talkers.
Requires Advanced Performance Monitoring (APM) license for -end Monitoring and Top

Tal ker s.
Requires Enhanced Group Management license for HIstorical graphs and tables.
Requires Fabric Watch license for Performance thresholds.

30 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1003155-01